[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2021093686A1 - Information input device, terminal and control method thereof, and chip - Google Patents

Information input device, terminal and control method thereof, and chip Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021093686A1
WO2021093686A1 PCT/CN2020/127229 CN2020127229W WO2021093686A1 WO 2021093686 A1 WO2021093686 A1 WO 2021093686A1 CN 2020127229 W CN2020127229 W CN 2020127229W WO 2021093686 A1 WO2021093686 A1 WO 2021093686A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
terminal
information input
input device
controller
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/127229
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李涛
刘宁
何光
向杨
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021093686A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021093686A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/033—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor
    • G06F3/0354—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor with detection of 2D relative movements between the device, or an operating part thereof, and a plane or surface, e.g. 2D mice, trackballs, pens or pucks
    • G06F3/03545—Pens or stylus
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/26—Power supply means, e.g. regulation thereof
    • G06F1/32—Means for saving power
    • G06F1/3203—Power management, i.e. event-based initiation of a power-saving mode
    • G06F1/3234—Power saving characterised by the action undertaken
    • G06F1/325—Power saving in peripheral device
    • G06F1/3259—Power saving in cursor control device, e.g. mouse, joystick, trackball
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/033—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor
    • G06F3/038—Control and interface arrangements therefor, e.g. drivers or device-embedded control circuitry
    • G06F3/0383—Signal control means within the pointing device
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the dormant information input device After the dormant information input device stops writing content on the screen of the terminal, it needs to wait for a certain period of time before it enters the dormant state.
  • the method provided in this application can ensure that after the information input device stops inputting signals, as long as the information input device is outside the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal, it can sleep immediately without waiting. Therefore, the method provided in this application can avoid related technologies.
  • the problem of power consumption in the waiting process of the information input device realizes smart power saving, reduces the power consumption of the information input device during non-writing time, thereby prolongs the available writing time of the information input device, and improves the user experience.
  • the method before the controller controls the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal, the method further includes: if the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength , Then send a wake-up signal to the controller. Since the higher the signal strength of the first communication signal, the shorter the shortest distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane. Therefore, the preset signal strength can essentially be used to determine whether the signal receiving device can detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal. , Or the basis of the distance between the information input device and the terminal reference surface. At this time, adjusting the preset signal strength can control the distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane when it is awakened.
  • the method further includes: signal receiving The device generates the first clock signal.
  • the method provided by the present application can ensure that under the control of the controller, the signal receiving device is alternately in high power consumption mode and low power consumption mode without affecting the normal decoding of the first communication signal, which can reduce
  • the power consumption of the signal receiving device when the first communication signal is not decoded can prolong the actual writable time of the information input device and improve the user experience.
  • the terminal sending the first communication signal to the information input device includes: the first communication signal sent by the terminal using a direct sequence spread spectrum technology.
  • the synchronization information included in the first communication signal is an M sequence.
  • the above method further includes: when the terminal receives the mutual capacitance signal or the second communication signal sent by the information input device, the terminal stops sending the first communication signal to reduce the mutual capacitance signal Or the possibility of mutual interference between the second communication signal and the first communication signal.
  • the controller is used to control the information input device to be in the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal, and the first processing circuit is also used to send a sleep signal to the controller when the first communication signal sent by the terminal is not detected within a preset time period.
  • the controller is also used to control the information input device to be in a dormant state according to the dormant signal.
  • FIG. 5 is a scene diagram in which the information input device provided by an embodiment of the application is applied to an information input system
  • FIG. 14 is a fifth schematic flowchart of the method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the application further includes:
  • Step 106a The position detection device sends the relative position of the information input device and the terminal to the controller.
  • Step 107b The signal receiving device uses the second clock signal as a decoding clock signal to decode the first communication signal to obtain decoded information.
  • the touch screen cannot display the input content written by a finger or a finger-like object on the touch screen.
  • the related technology is a tablet
  • the touch screens of computers, mobile phones and other terminals cannot simultaneously display the input content written by the stylus and fingers or finger-like objects on the touch screen.
  • the above-mentioned first communication signal includes synchronization information.
  • the synchronization information may be the aforementioned M sequence. If the verification is correct, it indicates that the communication interference between the terminal and the information input device is extremely low, and the communication requirements are met.
  • the above method further includes:
  • Step 003 The terminal generates a first communication signal according to the frequency modulation information and the preset frequency.
  • the stylus 300 periodically sends the second communication signal
  • the tablet computer 400 can also alternately receive the FDS as the mutual capacitance signal and the PDS as the second communication signal Downlink.
  • the signal transmission period of the stylus 300 and the signal reception period of the tablet 400 are both 2.78ms, the user cannot visually distinguish the difference in the time when the content input by the two is refreshed on the touch screen. Therefore, when the user uses the stylus 300 and the finger 500 to write input content on the touch screen of the tablet computer 400 at the same time, the user can see that the touch screen of the tablet computer 400 displays the input content written by the stylus pen 300 and the finger 500 at the same time.
  • the signal receiving device may be that one or more functional modules or devices in the signal receiving device are in a low power consumption mode, or the entire signal receiving device may be in a low power consumption mode.
  • the controller sends a power consumption suppression signal to the FPGA, and the FPGA starts power consumption suppression according to the power consumption suppression signal.
  • This process is actually the controller controlling the FPGA to enter a low-power mode.
  • the FPGA should still be in a power-on state, not a power-down state.
  • the FPGA runs on the first clock signal.
  • the first clock signal is a low-speed clock, and when the FPGA uses the first clock signal as the main clock, power consumption is relatively low.
  • the FPGA when the FPGA receives the power consumption suppression signal sent by the controller, the FPGA enters a low power consumption mode, and the countdown timer or a module with a countdown function starts to count down under the excitation of the power consumption suppression signal.
  • the countdown timer or the module with the countdown function reaches the end of the countdown, the FPGA can quickly transition from the low-power mode to the high-power mode. For example: when the preset hold duration is 8.34ms, the countdown duration of the countdown timer or module with countdown function is set to be equal to 8.34ms.
  • the countdown timer or the module with the countdown function starts counting down from 8.34ms.
  • the countdown timer or the module with the countdown function counts down to 0ms, it indicates the end of the countdown of the countdown timer or the module with the countdown function.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic diagram of a framework of an information input device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the frame structure shown in FIG. 19 does not constitute a limitation on the information input device, and the information input device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components. The following describes each part of the information input device in detail with reference to FIG. 19.
  • the wireless charger 250 shown in FIG. 19 may be a charging coil electrically connected to a built-in battery, so that the charging coil can be electromagnetically coupled with the terminal to generate an induced current in the charging coil.
  • the charging coil sends the induced current into the built-in battery 260 to wirelessly charge the built-in battery 260, and there is no need to equip the information input device 200 with a Universal Serial Bus (USB) charging interface.
  • the built-in battery shown in FIG. 19 has a battery protection plate (not shown in FIG. 19).
  • the built-in battery may be a lithium-ion built-in battery, an aluminum-ion built-in battery, etc., which will not be listed here.
  • FIG. 21 shows a schematic structural diagram of the information input device taking a stylus as an example in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the hardware structure shown in FIG. 21 does not constitute a limitation on the stylus pen.
  • the stylus pen may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components. The following describes each part of the stylus in detail with reference to FIG. 21.
  • the positive power interface of the first operational amplifier U1 (that is, the VCC pin of the first operational amplifier U1) and the positive power interface of the second operational amplifier U2 (that is, the VCC pin of the second operational amplifier U2) Both are connected to the power supply, and the negative power interface of the first operational amplifier U1 and the second power interface of the negative operational amplifier are both electrically connected to the common ground terminal.
  • the first operational amplifier U1 and the second operational amplifier U2 are both single-supply operational amplifiers.
  • the GND pin of the level converter U0 is connected to the common ground terminal.
  • the VCC pin of the level shifter U0 is connected to the power supply.
  • FIG. 28 shows a schematic diagram of a part of the interface connection relationship between FPGA and MCU in an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the FPGA and MCU in FIG. 28 only schematically list some of the pins of the interface, and do not represent all the pins of the FPGA and MCU.
  • the processor 701 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 701 or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor 701 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), an ASIC, an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field-programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistors. Logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the above-mentioned communication interface 703 is used to execute the receiving and sending steps in the above-mentioned embodiment with the terminal as the execution subject.
  • the foregoing processor 701 is configured to execute the processing steps in the foregoing embodiment with the terminal as the execution subject.
  • the above-mentioned chip is a terminal control device or a chip used inside the terminal for executing the above-mentioned terminal control method.
  • the foregoing communication interface is used to support the terminal to execute step 101 executed by the terminal in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the touch screen 104 may include a touch pad 104-1 and a display 104-2.
  • the touchpad 104-1 can collect touch events on or near the user of the mobile phone (for example, the user uses a finger, a stylus, or any other suitable object on the touchpad 104-1 or on the touchpad 104- 1 nearby operation), and send the collected touch information to other devices such as the processor 101.
  • the user's touch event near the touchpad 104-1 can be called floating touch; floating touch can mean that the user does not need to directly touch the touchpad in order to select, move, or drag a target (such as an icon, etc.) , And only the user needs to be near the terminal in order to perform the desired function.
  • the fingerprint collection device 112 can send the collected fingerprint to the processor 101, so that the processor 101 can process the fingerprint (for example, fingerprint verification, etc.).
  • the main component of the fingerprint acquisition device 112 in the embodiment of the present application is a fingerprint sensor.
  • the fingerprint sensor can use any type of sensing technology, including but not limited to optical, capacitive, piezoelectric or ultrasonic sensing technology.
  • the MAC address broadcasted by the Fi access point the terminal sends the data (such as MAC address) that can identify the Wi-Fi access point to the location server through the wireless communication network, and the location server retrieves each Wi-Fi access point Combined with the strength of the Wi-Fi broadcast signal, the geographic location of the terminal is calculated and sent to the positioning device 108 of the terminal.
  • the data such as MAC address
  • the location server retrieves each Wi-Fi access point Combined with the strength of the Wi-Fi broadcast signal, the geographic location of the terminal is calculated and sent to the positioning device 108 of the terminal.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are an information input device (200), a terminal (100) and a control method thereof, and a chip (700), which relate to the information input field, so that the information input device (200) such as a stylus (300) can be turned on without a button, at the same time, the system power consumption is reduced, and the available writing time of the information input device (200) such as the stylus (300) is prolonged, thereby improving a user experience. The method is applied to the information input device (200) comprising a signal receiving device (210) and a controller (220), and the device (200) is in a dormant state (200) during initiation. The method comprises: the signal receiving device (210) detects a first communication signal sent by a terminal (100); if the first communication signal sent by the terminal (100) is detected, then sending a wake-up signal to the controller (220) according to the first communication signal; the controller (220) controls the information input device (200) to enter a wake-up state according to the wake-up signal; if the first communication signal sent by the terminal (100) is not detected within a preset time period, then sending a dormant signal to the controller (220); and the controller (220) controls the information input device (200) to enter the dormant state according to the dormant signal.

Description

一种信息输入设备、终端及其控制方法、芯片Information input equipment, terminal and its control method and chip
本申请要求于2019年11月11日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201911096623.2、申请名称为“一种信息输入设备、终端及其控制方法、芯片”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on November 11, 2019, the application number is 201911096623.2, and the application name is "an information input device, terminal and its control method, chip", and its entire content Incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及信息输入领域，特别涉及一种信息输入设备、终端及其控制方法、芯片。This application relates to the field of information input, in particular to an information input device, a terminal, and a control method thereof, and a chip.
背景技术Background technique
目前，市场上手机、平板电脑、电子书等终端产品的屏幕多为触摸屏。用户可通过触摸屏向这些终端产品输入各种信息。例如：用户可以通过手指触摸的方式、手写笔输入的方式在终端产品的触摸屏书写所需输入的信息，终端产品通过光学字符识别(Optical Character Recognition，缩写为OCR)的方式将所需输入的信息进行识别，并显示在终端产品的触摸屏上。At present, the screens of terminal products such as mobile phones, tablet computers, and e-books on the market are mostly touch screens. Users can input various information to these terminal products through the touch screen. For example: the user can write the required input information on the touch screen of the terminal product through finger touch or stylus input, and the terminal product uses optical character recognition (Optical Character Recognition, abbreviated as OCR) to write the required input information It is recognized and displayed on the touch screen of the terminal product.
以手写笔向终端产品输入载有输入内容的信号为例，手写笔可在终端产品的屏幕上书写文字、绘制图案等输入内容，终端产品可以识别手写笔在屏幕上书写的文字、绘制的图案等输入内容，使得文字、图案等输入内容以数据的形式输入到终端产品中，并显示在终端产品的屏幕上。对于不喜欢使用键盘或者不习惯使用中文输入法的用户来说，用户利用手写笔输入信息，其无需专门学习输入法，使得信息输入方法变得简单化和可操作化。目前，手写笔的内置电池容量较小，长时间耗电会影响手写笔的书写可用时间，需要频繁进行充电，影响用户使用体验。Take a stylus pen to input a signal containing input content as an example. The stylus pen can write text and draw patterns on the screen of the terminal product. The terminal product can recognize the text and pattern drawn on the screen of the stylus. And other input content, so that the input content such as text and pattern is input into the terminal product in the form of data and displayed on the screen of the terminal product. For users who do not like to use the keyboard or are not accustomed to using the Chinese input method, the user uses a stylus to input information, and there is no need to specifically learn the input method, which makes the information input method simple and operable. At present, the built-in battery capacity of the stylus is small, and long-term power consumption will affect the writing time of the stylus, and frequent charging is required, which affects the user experience.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种信息输入设备、终端及其控制方法、芯片，以使得手写笔等信息输入设备实现无按键开机的同时，延长手写笔等信息输入设备的书写可用时间，从而提高用户使用体验。This application provides an information input device, a terminal, a control method thereof, and a chip, so that the information input device such as a stylus can be turned on without a button while extending the available writing time of the information input device such as the stylus, thereby improving user experience.
为了解决上述技术问题，本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案：In order to solve the above technical problems, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面，本申请提供一种信息输入设备控制方法。该方法应用于信息输入设备。该信息输入设备具有信号接收装置和控制器。初始时，所述信息输入设备处于休眠状态，该方法包括：信号接收装置检测终端发送的第一通信信号，若该信号接收装置检测到终端发送的第一通信信号，则信号接收装置根据第一通信信号向控制器发送唤醒信号；控制器根据该唤醒信号控制信息输入设备进入唤醒状态；若该信号接收装置在预设时间段内未检测到终端发送的第一通信信号，信号接收装置向控制器发送休眠信号；控制器根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态。In the first aspect, this application provides a method for controlling an information input device. This method is applied to information input equipment. The information input device has a signal receiving device and a controller. Initially, the information input device is in a dormant state, and the method includes: the signal receiving device detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal, and if the signal receiving device detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the signal receiving device is based on the first communication signal sent by the terminal. The communication signal sends a wake-up signal to the controller; the controller controls the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal; if the signal receiving device does not detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal within the preset time period, the signal receiving device sends the control The controller sends a sleep signal; the controller controls the information input device to enter the sleep state according to the sleep signal.
本申请提供的信息输入设备控制方法应用于手写笔、无线鼠标等信息输入设备，利用信息输入设备准备在终端所具有的屏幕书写输入内容时，信息输入设备逐渐靠近终端这一特征性动作，使得信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围内时，信号接收装置可以检测到该第一通信信号，并根据该第一通信信号向控制器发送唤醒信 号。控制器根据该唤醒信号控制信息输入设备处于唤醒状态，从而实现信息输入设备无按键开机。当信息输入设备实现无按键开机时，信息输入设备无需配备用以控制信息输入设备开启的电源按键，因此，本申请提供的方法既能够有效避免因为忘记关闭或误触电源按键所造成的信息输入设备耗电，还能够保证振动方式启动的信息输入设备不会因为意外振动而开启，造成信息输入设备耗电。由此可见，本申请提供的方法可以减少信息输入设备在非书写时间的耗电量，进而延长信息输入设备的书写可用时间，从而提高用户使用体验。同时，相关技术中信息输入设备接触终端所具有的屏幕时，信息输入设备进入开机状态。但是，因为信息输入设备开机具有延时性，导致信息输入设备在终端所具有的屏幕书写的第一笔输入内容无法完全呈现在屏幕上，进而使得第一笔输入内容失真。本申请提供的方法可以在信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围内的情况下，保证信息输入设备与终端接触前被唤醒，使得信息输入设备与终端接触时处在灵敏性最佳的状态，从而保证信息输入设备在终端所具有的屏幕书写的输入内容能够准确的呈现在该屏幕上。The information input device control method provided in this application is applied to information input devices such as stylus pens, wireless mice, etc. When the information input device is used to prepare to write input content on the screen of the terminal, the information input device gradually approaches the characteristic action of the terminal, so that When the information input device is located within the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal, the signal receiving device can detect the first communication signal and send a wake-up signal to the controller according to the first communication signal. The controller controls the information input device to be in an awake state according to the wake-up signal, so that the information input device can be turned on without a button. When the information input device is turned on without a button, the information input device does not need to be equipped with a power button to control the turning on of the information input device. Therefore, the method provided in this application can effectively avoid information input caused by forgetting to turn off or accidentally touching the power button. The power consumption of the device can also ensure that the information input device activated by the vibration mode will not be turned on due to accidental vibration, causing the power consumption of the information input device. It can be seen that the method provided by the present application can reduce the power consumption of the information input device during non-writing time, thereby prolonging the available writing time of the information input device, thereby improving the user experience. At the same time, when the information input device in the related art touches the screen of the terminal, the information input device enters the power-on state. However, because the information input device has a delay in starting up, the first input content written by the information input device on the screen of the terminal cannot be completely displayed on the screen, and the first input content is distorted. The method provided in this application can ensure that the information input device is awakened before contact with the terminal when the information input device is located within the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal, so that the information input device is at the best sensitivity when it contacts the terminal. Status, so as to ensure that the input content written by the information input device on the screen of the terminal can be accurately presented on the screen.
另外，利用信息输入设备停止或没有在终端书写输入内容时，信息输入设备逐渐远离或者保持远离终端这一特征性动作，使得信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围外时，信号接收装置无法或未检测到终端发送的所述第一通信信号，并向控制器发送休眠信号，使得控制器根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备处于休眠状态。此时，本申请提供的方法可保证信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围外的情况下，信息输入设备处于休眠状态，进而使得信息输入设备实现智能休眠，避免相关技术中一些可自动休眠的信息输入设备停止在终端的屏幕书写内容后，需要等待一定时间，才能进入休眠状态的缺陷。并且，本申请提供的方法可保证信息输入设备停止输入信号后，只要信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围外，无需等待即可立刻休眠，因此，本申请提供的方法可避免相关技术中信息输入设备等待过程中的耗电问题，实现智能省电，减少信息输入设备在非书写时间的耗电量，进而延长信息输入设备的书写可用时间，提高用户使用体验。In addition, when the information input device stops or does not write input content on the terminal, the characteristic action of the information input device gradually moves away from or keeps away from the terminal, so that when the information input device is located outside the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal, the signal receiving device The first communication signal sent by the terminal cannot or is not detected, and a sleep signal is sent to the controller, so that the controller controls the information input device to be in a sleep state according to the sleep signal. At this time, the method provided by the present application can ensure that when the information input device is outside the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal, the information input device is in a dormant state, thereby enabling the information input device to realize intelligent dormancy, and avoiding some automatic devices in related technologies. After the dormant information input device stops writing content on the screen of the terminal, it needs to wait for a certain period of time before it enters the dormant state. In addition, the method provided in this application can ensure that after the information input device stops inputting signals, as long as the information input device is outside the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal, it can sleep immediately without waiting. Therefore, the method provided in this application can avoid related technologies. The problem of power consumption in the waiting process of the information input device, realizes smart power saving, reduces the power consumption of the information input device during non-writing time, thereby prolongs the available writing time of the information input device, and improves the user experience.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，当上述信号接收装置检测到终端发送的第一通信信号时，信息输入设备与终端所具有的参考面如触摸屏之间的最短距离小于3cm。也就是说，上述终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围小于3cm。即第一通信信号可覆盖的最远位置(即第一通信信号最远覆盖面)与终端参考面之间的距离。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, when the above-mentioned signal receiving apparatus detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the shortest distance between the information input device and the reference surface of the terminal, such as a touch screen, is less than 3 cm. In other words, the coverage area of the first communication signal of the above-mentioned terminal is less than 3 cm. That is, the distance between the farthest position that can be covered by the first communication signal (that is, the farthest coverage area of the first communication signal) and the reference plane of the terminal.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中，上述信号接收装置根据第一通信信号向控制器发送唤醒信号包括：信号接收装置对第一通信信号进行检波，生成唤醒信号，向控制器发送唤醒信号。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the signal receiving device sending the wake-up signal to the controller according to the first communication signal includes: the signal receiving device detects the first communication signal, generates the wake-up signal, and sends the wake-up signal to the controller .
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器根据唤醒信号控制信息输入设备进入唤醒状态之前，上述方法还包括：若信号接收装置确定第一通信信号的信号强度大于预设信号强度，则向控制器发送唤醒信号。由于第一通信信号的信号强度越高，说明信息输入设备与终端参考面之间最短距离越小，因此，预设信号强度实质可以作为判断信号接收装置是否可以检测到终端发送的第一通信信号的依据，或者说信息输入设备与终端参考面之间的距离的依据。此时，调节预设信号强度大小，可以控制信息输入设备被唤醒时与终端参考面之间的距离。基于此，为了减少不必要的电能损耗， 当终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围比较大时，信号接收装置可以调节预设信号强度，确保信号接收装置检测到终端所发送的第一通信信号时，信息输入设备不会因为立刻被唤醒导致不必要的耗电问题，实现智能省电。此时，即使因为终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围比较大，使得信息输入设备与终端之间的距离比较远的情况下，信号接收装置检测到终端所发送的第一通信信号，控制器也能够保证信息输入设备与终端参考面之间的最短距离比较小的情况下唤醒信息输入设备，因此，本申请提供的方法可以无需限制终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围，从而扩展了终端用于发射第一通信信号的强度可选择范围，降低相关硬件和软件配置要求。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, before the controller controls the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal, the method further includes: if the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength , Then send a wake-up signal to the controller. Since the higher the signal strength of the first communication signal, the shorter the shortest distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane. Therefore, the preset signal strength can essentially be used to determine whether the signal receiving device can detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal. , Or the basis of the distance between the information input device and the terminal reference surface. At this time, adjusting the preset signal strength can control the distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane when it is awakened. Based on this, in order to reduce unnecessary power loss, when the first communication signal coverage of the terminal is relatively large, the signal receiving device can adjust the preset signal strength to ensure that when the signal receiving device detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal, The information input device will not cause unnecessary power consumption problems because it is immediately awakened, and realizes intelligent power saving. At this time, even if the distance between the information input device and the terminal is relatively long due to the relatively large coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal, the controller can also detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal when the signal receiving device detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal. It is ensured that the information input device is awakened when the shortest distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane is relatively small. Therefore, the method provided in this application does not need to limit the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal, thereby expanding the terminal's use of transmitting the first communication signal. One can choose the range of the intensity of the communication signal, reducing the related hardware and software configuration requirements.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信息输入设备还包括内置电池，上述控制器根据唤醒信号控制信息输入设备进入唤醒状态包括：控制器根据唤醒信号控制信息输入设备的内置电池为信息输入设备供电。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the information input device further includes a built-in battery, and the controller controlling the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal includes: the controller controlling the built-in battery of the information input device according to the wake-up signal to Information input equipment is powered.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态前，上述方法还包括：若信号接收装置确定第一通信信号的信号强度小于或等于预设信号强度，则所述信号接收装置向控制器发送休眠信号。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, before the controller controls the information input device to enter the sleep state according to the sleep signal, the method further includes: if the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is less than or equal to a preset Signal strength, the signal receiving device sends a sleep signal to the controller.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信息输入设备还包括内置电池，上述控制器根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态包括：控制器根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备的内置电池停止为信息输入设备供电。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the information input device further includes a built-in battery, and the controller controlling the information input device to enter the sleep state according to the sleep signal includes: the controller controlling the built-in battery of the information input device to stop according to the sleep signal Supply power to information input equipment.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一通信信号的频段处于中频频段。中频频段的频率为300kHz～3000kHz。例如：该中心频段的第一通信信号可以为射频信号。可以控制终端发射的第一通信信号电压，以控制第一通信信号覆盖范围。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the frequency band of the above-mentioned first communication signal is in an intermediate frequency frequency band. The frequency of the intermediate frequency band is 300kHz～3000kHz. For example: the first communication signal of the central frequency band may be a radio frequency signal. The voltage of the first communication signal transmitted by the terminal can be controlled to control the coverage of the first communication signal.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信息输入设备还包括位置检测装置。该信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，上述方法还包括：位置检测装置检测信息输入设备与终端的相对位置；若信息输入设备与终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内保持不变，则说明信息输入设备虽然处于唤醒状态，但是处于暂停使用状态或者被放置在终端发送的第一通信信号的覆盖范围内，此时控制器控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态，因此，即使将信息输入设备放在终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围内，本申请提供的方法也能够保证在不使用信息输入设备的情况下，信息输入设备进入休眠状态，从而进一步降低信息输入设备的内置电池电量损耗。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the above-mentioned information input device further includes a position detection device. After the information input device enters the awakened state, the above method further includes: the position detection device detects the relative position of the information input device and the terminal; if the relative position of the information input device and the terminal remains unchanged within the preset duration threshold, the information input is indicated Although the device is in a wake-up state, it is in a suspended state of use or is placed within the coverage of the first communication signal sent by the terminal. At this time, the controller controls the information input device to enter the dormant state. Therefore, even if the information input device is placed in the terminal Within the coverage of the first communication signal, the method provided in this application can also ensure that the information input device enters a dormant state without using the information input device, thereby further reducing the power consumption of the built-in battery of the information input device.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述位置检测装置检测信息输入设备与终端的相对位置包括：位置检测装置检测信息输入设备的运动信息。若信息输入设备与终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内保持不变，则控制器控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态包括：控制器根据信息输入设备的运动信息确定信息输入设备处于静止状态，并且信息输入设备处于静止状态的保持时长在预设时长阈值内保持不变时，控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the detection of the relative position between the information input device and the terminal by the position detection device includes: the position detection device detects movement information of the information input device. If the relative position of the information input device and the terminal remains unchanged within the preset duration threshold, the controller controlling the information input device to enter the dormant state includes: the controller determines that the information input device is in a stationary state according to the motion information of the information input device, and the information When the holding time of the input device in the static state remains unchanged within the preset time threshold, the control information input device enters the dormant state.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号接收装置检测终端发送的第一通信信号包括：信号接收装置检测终端周期性发送的第一通信信号。上述信息输入设备还包括信号发射电路。该信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，上述方法还包括：在信号接收装置停止检测终端发送的第一通信信号时，控制器控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号。此时，第一通信信号和第二通信信号不会出现彼此干扰的问题。并且， 当终端周期性发送第一通信信号时，控制器也可周期性的向终端发送第二通信信号，而不是一直向终端发送第二通信信号，这在一定程度上降低信息输入设备发送第二通信信号的电量损耗。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the foregoing signal receiving apparatus detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal includes: the signal receiving apparatus detecting the first communication signal periodically sent by the terminal. The above-mentioned information input device further includes a signal transmission circuit. After the information input device enters the wake-up state, the above method further includes: when the signal receiving device stops detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the controller controls the signal transmission circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal. At this time, the first communication signal and the second communication signal will not interfere with each other. Moreover, when the terminal periodically sends the first communication signal, the controller can also periodically send the second communication signal to the terminal instead of always sending the second communication signal to the terminal, which reduces the information input device sending the first communication signal to a certain extent. 2. The power consumption of the communication signal.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，当该信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，上述第一通信信号包括同步信息。上述方法还包括：信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号；控制器根据同步信息和预设频率周期性地控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号。当该终端接收到第二通信信号，终端即可实现与信息输入设备时间同步，并按照提前协议的预设频率和同步信息周期性接收信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。此时，当终端周期性地接收信息输入设备发送第二通信信号的时间间隙，还能够接收手指或类手指物体基于触控方式发送的互容信号。也就是说，当控制器根据同步信息和预设频率周期性地控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号时，终端能够根据预设频率和同步信息交替接收互容信号和信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。此时，信息输入设备可以与手指或类手指物体同时在同一终端所具有的触摸屏书写输入内容，使得终端可以识别两种方式书写的输入内容，拓展信息输入设备和终端的应用范围。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, when the information input device enters an awake state, the first communication signal includes synchronization information. The above method further includes: the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller; the controller periodically controls the signal transmission circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency. When the terminal receives the second communication signal, the terminal can realize time synchronization with the information input device, and periodically receive the second communication signal sent by the information input device according to the preset frequency and synchronization information of the advance protocol. At this time, when the terminal periodically receives the time interval during which the information input device sends the second communication signal, it can also receive the mutual capacitance signal sent by the finger or finger-like object based on the touch mode. That is to say, when the controller periodically controls the signal transmitting circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency, the terminal can alternately receive the mutual capacitance signal and the information sent by the information input device according to the preset frequency and the synchronization information. The second communication signal. At this time, the information input device can write input content on the touch screen of the same terminal at the same time as the finger or finger-like object, so that the terminal can recognize the input content written in two ways, and expand the application range of the information input device and the terminal.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信息输入设备具有多个信号发送周期。每个信号发送周期为T1，T1＝1/f；f为预设频率。每个信号发送周期包括发送时段和空闲时段。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the above-mentioned information input device has multiple signal transmission periods. Each signal transmission period is T1, T1=1/f; f is the preset frequency. Each signal transmission cycle includes a transmission period and an idle period.
上述控制器根据预设发送频率和预设频率周期性地控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号包括：控制器在每个信号发送周期的空闲时段控制信号发射电路停止向终端发送第二通信信号，在每个信号发送周期的发送时段控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号。此时终端可以交替接收互容信号和信息输入设备所包括的控制器发送的第二通信信号。The above-mentioned controller periodically controlling the signal transmission circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal according to the preset transmission frequency and the preset frequency includes: the controller controls the signal transmission circuit to stop sending the second communication to the terminal during the idle period of each signal transmission period. Signal, the signal transmission circuit is controlled to transmit the second communication signal to the terminal in the transmission period of each signal transmission period. At this time, the terminal can alternately receive the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal sent by the controller included in the information input device.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，为了保证上述信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号在不受干扰的情况下被终端接收，在终端检测到干扰信号时，会出现鬼手问题，导致终端无法准确识别互容信号和第二通信信号。此时，上述第一通信信号还包括调频信息，上述信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号后，上述控制器控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号前，上述方法还包括：控制器根据调频信息调节预设频率。当控制器根据调频信息调节预设频率后，控制器根据预设频率和同步信息向终端发送第二通信信号时，可以提高第二通信信号的抗干扰性。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, in order to ensure that the second communication signal sent by the information input device is received by the terminal without interference, when the terminal detects an interference signal, a ghost hand problem may occur, As a result, the terminal cannot accurately identify the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal. At this time, the first communication signal further includes frequency modulation information, after the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller, and before the controller controls the signal transmitting circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal, the method further includes: the controller Adjust the preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information. After the controller adjusts the preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information, when the controller sends the second communication signal to the terminal according to the preset frequency and synchronization information, the anti-interference performance of the second communication signal can be improved.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二通信信号为变频信号。该变频信号的频段可以为100kHz～500kHz，但也可根据实际情况设定频段。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the above-mentioned second communication signal is a frequency conversion signal. The frequency band of the frequency conversion signal can be 100 kHz to 500 kHz, but the frequency band can also be set according to actual conditions.
在第一方面的一种实现方式中，上述第一通信信号为抗干扰第一通信信号或经过终端抗干扰编码处理的第一通信信号。当上述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号前，上述方法还包括：信号接收装置对第一通信信号进行解码，获得解码信息。当信号接收装置对第一通信信号进行解码后，信号接收装置向控制器发送的第一通信信号实质为解码信息。基于此，信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号包括：信号接收装置向控制器发送解码信息。并且，当第一通信信号包括同步信息时，解码信息也含有同步信息。In an implementation manner of the first aspect, the above-mentioned first communication signal is an anti-interference first communication signal or a first communication signal that has undergone anti-interference coding processing by the terminal. After the information input device enters the awake state, and before the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller, the above method further includes: the signal receiving device decodes the first communication signal to obtain decoded information. After the signal receiving device decodes the first communication signal, the first communication signal sent by the signal receiving device to the controller is essentially decoded information. Based on this, the signal receiving device sending the first communication signal to the controller includes: the signal receiving device sending decoding information to the controller. And, when the first communication signal includes synchronization information, the decoded information also includes synchronization information.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述解码信息含有编码起始头。上述信号 接收装置对第一通信信号进行解码，获得解码信息后，该信号接收装置向控制器发送解码信息前，上述方法还包括：信号接收装置对编码起始头进行校验；信号接收装置确定编码起始头校验正确的情况下，确认解码信息；信号接收装置确定解码信息校验错误的情况下，更新解码信息。由此可见，信号接收装置对编码起始头进行校验可保证解码信息的准确性，避免信号接收装置所接收的解码信息因为干扰等因素所产生的异变问题。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the foregoing decoding information includes an encoding start header. After the signal receiving device decodes the first communication signal and obtains the decoded information, before the signal receiving device sends the decoded information to the controller, the above method further includes: the signal receiving device checks the encoding start header; the signal receiving device determines When the code start header is checked correctly, the decoding information is confirmed; when the signal receiving device determines that the decoding information is checked incorrectly, the decoding information is updated. It can be seen that the signal receiving device's verification of the encoding start header can ensure the accuracy of the decoded information, and avoid the problem of abnormal changes in the decoded information received by the signal receiving device due to interference and other factors.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，当上述信息输入设备处于唤醒状态，上述信号接收装置对第一通信信号进行解码，获得解码信息包括：信号接收装置以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号；信号接收装置以第二时钟信号作为解码时钟信号解码第一通信信号，获得解码信息。该第二时钟信号的信号频率大于第一时钟信号的信号频率，使得信号接收装置以第二时钟信号作为解码时钟信号解码第一通信信号的速度比较快，从而提高解码效率。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, when the information input device is in an awake state, the signal receiving device decodes the first communication signal, and obtaining the decoded information includes: the signal receiving device uses the first clock signal as the main clock The second clock signal is retrieved; the signal receiving device uses the second clock signal as a decoded clock signal to decode the first communication signal to obtain decoded information. The signal frequency of the second clock signal is greater than the signal frequency of the first clock signal, so that the signal receiving device uses the second clock signal as the decoding clock signal to decode the first communication signal faster, thereby improving decoding efficiency.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号接收装置以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号包括：信号接收装置向控制器提供第一时钟信号，控制器根据该第一时钟信号向信号接收装置发送用于解码第一通信信号的第二时钟信号。由此可见，本申请提供的方法中，虽然解码第一通信信号的过程在信号接收装置中执行，但是解码第一通信信号的速度由控制器控制。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the above-mentioned signal receiving device uses the first clock signal as the main clock to call the second clock signal includes: the signal receiving device provides the first clock signal to the controller, and the controller uses the first clock signal as the main clock. A clock signal sends a second clock signal for decoding the first communication signal to the signal receiving device. It can be seen that, in the method provided by the present application, although the process of decoding the first communication signal is performed in the signal receiving device, the speed of decoding the first communication signal is controlled by the controller.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，当上述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，上述信号接收装置以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号前，上述方法还包括：信号接收装置生成第一时钟信号。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, after the information input device enters the wake-up state, before the signal receiving apparatus uses the first clock signal as the main clock to call the second clock signal, the method further includes: signal receiving The device generates the first clock signal.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器根据该第一时钟信号向信号接收装置发送用于解码第一通信信号的第二时钟信号包括：控制器根据第一时钟信号生成第二解码始终信号，控制器向处理器发送第二时钟信号。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the controller sending the second clock signal for decoding the first communication signal to the signal receiving device according to the first clock signal includes: the controller generates the second clock signal according to the first clock signal. The second decoding is always signal, and the controller sends the second clock signal to the processor.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号接收装置向控制器提供第一时钟信号后，上述控制器根据该第一时钟信号向信号接收装置发送用于解码第一通信信号的第二时钟信号前，上述方法还包括：控制器接收信号接收装置发送的第一时钟信号。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, after the above-mentioned signal receiving device provides the first clock signal to the controller, the above-mentioned controller sends the first clock signal for decoding the first communication signal to the signal receiving device according to the first clock signal. Before the second clock signal, the above method further includes: the controller receives the first clock signal sent by the signal receiving device.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号接收装置向控制器发送终端提供的第一通信信号后，上述方法还包括：控制器根据第一通信信号通知信号接收装置进入低功耗模式；当信号接收装置进入所述低功耗状态的时长达到预设时长时，信号接收装置进入高功耗模式。信号接收装置在高功耗模式解码第一通信信号。由此可见，本申请提供的方法可以保证信号接收装置在控制器的控制下，在不影响第一通信信号正常解码的情况下，交替处于高功耗模式和低功耗模式，这样就能够降低信号接收装置在不解码第一通信信号的时候的电量损耗，延长信息输入设备的实际可书写时间，提高用户使用体验。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, after the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal provided by the terminal to the controller, the method further includes: the controller notifies the signal receiving device to enter low power consumption according to the first communication signal. Mode; when the signal receiving device enters the low power consumption state for a preset period of time, the signal receiving device enters a high power consumption mode. The signal receiving device decodes the first communication signal in the high power consumption mode. It can be seen that the method provided by the present application can ensure that under the control of the controller, the signal receiving device is alternately in high power consumption mode and low power consumption mode without affecting the normal decoding of the first communication signal, which can reduce The power consumption of the signal receiving device when the first communication signal is not decoded can prolong the actual writable time of the information input device and improve the user experience.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述预设时长等于1/2f0。此时，预设时长等于终端结束当次第一通信信号发送到开始下次第一通信信号发送的时间间隔，使得终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率与信号接收装置进入低功耗模式(或者高功耗模式)的时长相匹配，保证终端进入高功耗模式后无需等待就立刻解码第一通信信号，以进一步降低信号接收装置的电量损耗。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the foregoing preset duration is equal to 1/2f0. At this time, the preset duration is equal to the time interval between the end of the first communication signal sent by the terminal and the start of the next first communication signal transmission, so that the sending frequency of the first communication signal sent by the terminal and the signal receiving device enter the low power consumption mode (or The duration of the high power consumption mode) is matched to ensure that the terminal immediately decodes the first communication signal without waiting after entering the high power consumption mode, so as to further reduce the power consumption of the signal receiving device.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器根据第一通信信号通知信号接收装置进入低功耗模式包括：控制器根据第一通信信号向信号接收装置发送功耗抑制信号，信号接收装置在功耗抑制信号的控制下进入低功耗模式。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the above-mentioned controller notifying the signal receiving device to enter the low power consumption mode according to the first communication signal includes: the controller sends a power consumption suppression signal to the signal receiving device according to the first communication signal, and the signal The receiving device enters a low power consumption mode under the control of the power consumption suppression signal.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器根据第一通信信号向信号接收装置发送功耗抑制信号包括：控制器根据第一通信信号生成功耗抑制信号；控制器向处理器发送功耗抑制信号。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the controller sending the power consumption suppression signal to the signal receiving device according to the first communication signal includes: the controller generates the power consumption suppression signal according to the first communication signal; and the controller sends the power consumption suppression signal to the processor. Send the power consumption suppression signal.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，当上述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号前，上述信号接收装置接收终端发送的第一通信信号后，上述方法还包括：信号接收装置对第一通信信号进行以下处理中任一种或多种：滤波处理、电位调整处理、信号放大处理、或整形处理，以降低因为信号干扰所导致的第一通信信号难以识别的可能性。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, after the information input device enters the awake state, before the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller, after the signal receiving device receives the first communication signal sent by the terminal, The above method further includes: the signal receiving device performs any one or more of the following processing on the first communication signal: filtering processing, potential adjustment processing, signal amplification processing, or shaping processing, so as to reduce the first communication caused by signal interference The possibility that the signal is difficult to identify.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一通信信号为终端采用直接序列展频(Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum，缩写为DSSS)技术发送的第一通信信号。第一通信信号所包括的同步信息为M序列。此时第一通信信号具有较好的抗干扰能力。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the foregoing first communication signal is a first communication signal sent by the terminal using a direct sequence spread spectrum (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum, abbreviated as DSSS) technology. The synchronization information included in the first communication signal is an M sequence. At this time, the first communication signal has better anti-interference ability.
第二方面，本申请提供一种终端控制方法。该方法包括：终端周期性发送第一通信信号，以使得信息输入设备根据第一通信信号进入唤醒状态；该第一通信信号包括同步信息。终端根据同步信息和预设频率交替互容信号和信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。In the second aspect, this application provides a terminal control method. The method includes: the terminal periodically sends a first communication signal, so that the information input device enters an awakening state according to the first communication signal; the first communication signal includes synchronization information. The terminal alternates the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal sent by the information input device according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，终端向信息输入设备发送第一通信信号包括：终端采用直接序列展频技术发送的第一通信信号。此时第一通信信号所包括的同步信息为M序列。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the terminal sending the first communication signal to the information input device includes: the first communication signal sent by the terminal using a direct sequence spread spectrum technology. At this time, the synchronization information included in the first communication signal is an M sequence.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述终端具有多个信号接收周期，每个信号接收周期为T2，T2＝1/f，f为预设频率。每个信号接收周期包括第一接收时段和第二接收时段。上述终端根据同步信息和预设频率交替接收互容信号和信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号包括：终端在每个所述信号接收周期的第一接收时段接收互容信号，在每个信号接收周期的第二接收时段接收信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the foregoing terminal has multiple signal receiving periods, and each signal receiving period is T2, T2=1/f, and f is a preset frequency. Each signal receiving period includes a first receiving period and a second receiving period. The above-mentioned terminal alternately receiving the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal sent by the information input device according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency includes: the terminal receives the mutual capacitance signal in the first receiving period of each signal receiving period, and when each signal receives The second receiving period of the cycle receives the second communication signal sent by the information input device.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一接收时段的时间长度大于第二接收时段的时间长度，以为互容信号留出充分的识别时间，从而提高互容信号的识别成功率。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the time length of the first receiving period is greater than the time length of the second receiving period, so as to allow sufficient recognition time for the mutual-capacity signal, thereby increasing the recognition success rate of the mutual-capacity signal .
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，预设频率f大于f0，f0为终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the preset frequency f is greater than f0, and f0 is the sending frequency at which the terminal sends the first communication signal.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述方法还包括：终端接收互容信号或者信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号时，终端停止发送所述第一通信信号，以降低互容信号或第二通信信号与第一通信信号相互干扰的可能性。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the above method further includes: when the terminal receives the mutual capacitance signal or the second communication signal sent by the information input device, the terminal stops sending the first communication signal to reduce the mutual capacitance signal Or the possibility of mutual interference between the second communication signal and the first communication signal.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述终端发送第一通信信号前，上述方法还包括：当终端检测到干扰信号时，终端根据干扰信号生成调频信息，根据调频信息调节预设频率，根据调频信息和同步信息生成第一通信信号。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, before the terminal sends the first communication signal, the method further includes: when the terminal detects an interference signal, the terminal generates frequency modulation information according to the interference signal, and adjusts the preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information , Generate the first communication signal according to the frequency modulation information and the synchronization information.
第三方面，本申请提供一种信息输入设备。该设备初始时，所述信息输入设备处于休眠状态，该设备包括：信号接收装置和控制器。该信号接收装置包括：信号接收 电路以及与信号接收电路和控制器的数据信号接口电连接的第一处理电路。信号接收电路用于检测终端发送的第一通信信号。第一处理电路用于在检测到终端发送的第一通信信号时，则根据第一通信信号向控制器发送唤醒信号。控制器用于根据唤醒信号控制信息输入设备处于唤醒状态，第一处理电路还用于在预设时间段内未检测到终端发送的第一通信信号时，向控制器发送休眠信号。控制器还用于根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备处于休眠状态。In the third aspect, this application provides an information input device. When the device is initially, the information input device is in a dormant state, and the device includes a signal receiving device and a controller. The signal receiving device includes a signal receiving circuit and a first processing circuit electrically connected to the signal receiving circuit and the data signal interface of the controller. The signal receiving circuit is used to detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal. The first processing circuit is configured to send a wake-up signal to the controller according to the first communication signal when the first communication signal sent by the terminal is detected. The controller is used to control the information input device to be in the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal, and the first processing circuit is also used to send a sleep signal to the controller when the first communication signal sent by the terminal is not detected within a preset time period. The controller is also used to control the information input device to be in a dormant state according to the dormant signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一处理电路包括检波器。该检波器的信号输入端与信号接收电路电连接。该检波器的信号输出端与该控制器的数据信号接口电连接。该检波器用于在检测到终端发送的第一通信信号时，向控制器发送所述唤醒信号；在预设时间段内未检测到终端发送的第一通信信号时，向控制器发送休眠信号。当检测到终端发送的第一通信信号，检波器输出高电平信号。控制器根据该电信号控制信息输入设备进入唤醒状态。当预设时间段内未检测到终端发送的第一通信信号时，检波器输出零电位或低电平信号。控制器根据零电位或低电平信号控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned first processing circuit includes a wave detector. The signal input end of the detector is electrically connected with the signal receiving circuit. The signal output end of the detector is electrically connected with the data signal interface of the controller. The detector is used to send the wake-up signal to the controller when the first communication signal sent by the terminal is detected; and send a sleep signal to the controller when the first communication signal sent by the terminal is not detected within a preset time period. When the first communication signal sent by the terminal is detected, the wave detector outputs a high-level signal. The controller controls the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the electrical signal. When the first communication signal sent by the terminal is not detected within the preset time period, the wave detector outputs a zero-potential or low-level signal. The controller controls the information input device to enter the dormant state according to the zero potential or low level signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一处理电路包括：用于接收预设信号的比较器。比较器的信号输入端与信号接收电路的信号输出端电连接。比较器的信号输出端与控制器的数据信号接口电连接；控制器用于根据唤醒信号控制信息输入设备进入唤醒状态之前，比较器用于确定第一通信信号的信号强度大于预设信号强度时，向控制器发送唤醒信号。比较器以所接收的预设信号电位为基准，将预设信号电位与第一通信信号的电位进行比较，以判断第一通信信号的电位与预设信号电位的大小关系。而信号电位与信号强度有一定为正比关系，因此，本申请实施例提供的设备可利用比较器确定第一通信信号的信号强度与预设信号强度的大小关系，以更为精确的控制信息输入设备的唤醒时机，避免信息输入设备与终端距离较远的情况下，信息输入设备接收第一通信信号而被唤醒。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned first processing circuit includes: a comparator for receiving a preset signal. The signal input terminal of the comparator is electrically connected with the signal output terminal of the signal receiving circuit. The signal output terminal of the comparator is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller; the controller is used to control the information input device according to the wake-up signal before entering the wake-up state, and the comparator is used to determine that the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength. The controller sends a wake-up signal. The comparator uses the received preset signal potential as a reference to compare the preset signal potential with the potential of the first communication signal to determine the magnitude relationship between the potential of the first communication signal and the preset signal potential. The signal potential and signal strength have a certain proportional relationship. Therefore, the device provided in the embodiment of the present application can use a comparator to determine the relationship between the signal strength of the first communication signal and the preset signal strength, so as to more accurately control the input of information. The wake-up timing of the device prevents the information input device from being awakened after receiving the first communication signal when the information input device is far away from the terminal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器用于根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态前，上述比较器还用于确定第一通信信号的信号强度小于或等于预设信号强度时，向控制器发送休眠信号。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the controller is used to control the information input device to enter the sleep state according to the sleep signal, and the comparator is also used to determine that the signal strength of the first communication signal is less than or equal to the preset signal strength When, send a sleep signal to the controller.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一处理电路还包括检波器，检波器的信号输入端与信号接收电路电连接，检波器的信号输出端与比较器的信号输入端电连接。检波器用于对第一通信信号进行检波，确定用于体现第一通信信号强度的第一通信信号的电位。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the above-mentioned first processing circuit further includes a detector, the signal input terminal of the detector is electrically connected to the signal receiving circuit, and the signal output terminal of the detector is electrically connected to the signal input terminal of the comparator. connection. The detector is used to detect the first communication signal and determine the potential of the first communication signal that reflects the strength of the first communication signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号接收电路包括：接收天线以及与接收天线耦接的第一倍压子电路。第一倍压子电路的信号输出端与第一处理电路的信号输入端电连接，以在第一通信信号比较弱的情况下，利用第一倍压子电路对第一通信信号进行升压处理，提高检波器的检波准确性。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the above-mentioned signal receiving circuit includes: a receiving antenna and a first voltage doubler sub-circuit coupled to the receiving antenna. The signal output end of the first voltage multiplier circuit is electrically connected to the signal input end of the first processing circuit, so that when the first communication signal is relatively weak, the first voltage multiplier circuit is used to boost the first communication signal , To improve the accuracy of the detector.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，当第一处理电路包括滤波器时，第一倍压子电路的信号输出端与滤波器的信号输入端电连接。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, when the first processing circuit includes a filter, the signal output end of the first voltage multiplier sub-circuit is electrically connected to the signal input end of the filter.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号接收电路具体用于检测终端周期性发送的第一通信信号。上述信息输入设备还包括信号发射电路。当信息输入设备进 入唤醒状态后，上述信号接收电路还用于停止检测所述终端发送的第一通信信号时，上述控制器还用于控制信号发射电路向终端发送第一通信信号。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned signal receiving circuit is specifically configured to detect the first communication signal periodically sent by the terminal. The above-mentioned information input device further includes a signal transmission circuit. When the information input device enters the wake-up state, the signal receiving circuit is also used to stop detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal, and the controller is also used to control the signal transmitting circuit to send the first communication signal to the terminal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号接收装置还包括：与上述信号接收电路的信号输出端电连接的处理器。该处理器的数据信号接口与控制器的数据信号接口交互连接。上述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，该处理器用于向控制器发送第一通信信号。第一通信信号包括同步信息。控制器还用于根据同步信息和预设频率周期性地控制信息输入设备向终端发送第二通信信号。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned signal receiving device further includes: a processor electrically connected to the signal output terminal of the above-mentioned signal receiving circuit. The data signal interface of the processor is interactively connected with the data signal interface of the controller. After the above-mentioned information input device enters the awakening state, the processor is used to send a first communication signal to the controller. The first communication signal includes synchronization information. The controller is also used to periodically control the information input device to send the second communication signal to the terminal according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信息输入设备具有多个信号发送周期，每个信号发送周期为T1，T1＝1/f。f为预设频率；每个信号发送周期包括发送时段和空闲时段。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned information input device has multiple signal transmission periods, and each signal transmission period is T1, and T1=1/f. f is the preset frequency; each signal transmission cycle includes a transmission period and an idle period.
上述控制器具体用于在每个信号发送周期的空闲时段控制信息输入设备停止向终端发送第二通信信号，在每个信号发送周期的发送时段控制信息输入设备向终端发送第二通信信号。The above-mentioned controller is specifically configured to control the information input device to stop sending the second communication signal to the terminal during the idle period of each signal transmission period, and control the information input device to send the second communication signal to the terminal during the transmission period of each signal transmission period.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述发送时段的时间长度大于空闲时段的时间长度。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the time length of the foregoing sending period is greater than the time length of the idle period.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述预设频率f大于f0，f0为终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned preset frequency f is greater than f0, and f0 is a sending frequency at which the terminal sends the first communication signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，若上述终端检测到干扰信号，第一通信信号包括调频信息。上述处理器用于向控制器发送第一通信信号后，上述控制器还用于控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号前，控制器根据调频信息调节预设频率。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, if the foregoing terminal detects an interference signal, the first communication signal includes frequency modulation information. After the processor is used to send the first communication signal to the controller, the controller is also used to control the signal transmitting circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal before the controller adjusts the preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一通信信号为抗干扰第一通信信号或经过终端抗干扰编码处理的第一通信信号。当上述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，上述处理器还用于向控制器发送第一通信信号前，对第一通信信号进行解码，获得解码信息。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned first communication signal is an anti-interference first communication signal or a first communication signal that has been processed by terminal anti-interference coding. After the information input device enters the awake state, the processor is further configured to decode the first communication signal to obtain decoded information before sending the first communication signal to the controller.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述解码信息含有编码起始头。上述处理器还用于对第一通信信号进行解码，获得解码信息后，向控制器发送第一通信信号前，对所述编码起始头进行校验；确定编码起始头校验正确的情况下，确认解码信息；确定编码起始头校验错误的情况下，更新解码信息。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the foregoing decoding information includes an encoding start header. The above-mentioned processor is further configured to decode the first communication signal, and after obtaining the decoded information, before sending the first communication signal to the controller, verify the encoding start header; and determine that the encoding start header verification is correct Next, confirm the decoding information; if it is determined that the code start header is checked incorrectly, update the decoding information.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述处理器具体用于以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号；以第二时钟信号作为解码时钟信号解码所述第一通信信号，获得解码信息。该第二时钟信号的信号频率大于第一时钟信号的信号频率。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned processor is specifically configured to use the first clock signal as the main clock to retrieve the second clock signal; use the second clock signal as the decoding clock signal to decode the first communication signal To obtain decoding information. The signal frequency of the second clock signal is greater than the signal frequency of the first clock signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述处理器的时钟信号接口与控制器的时钟信号接口交互连接。此时，处理器具体用于向控制器发送第一时钟信号。控制器还用于根据第一时钟信号向处理器发送用于解码第一通信信号的第二时钟信号。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the clock signal interface of the processor and the clock signal interface of the controller are interactively connected. At this time, the processor is specifically configured to send the first clock signal to the controller. The controller is further configured to send a second clock signal for decoding the first communication signal to the processor according to the first clock signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述处理器还用于当上述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号前，生成第一时钟信号。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processor is further configured to generate a first clock signal before the second clock signal is retrieved by using the first clock signal as the main clock after the information input device enters the wake-up state .
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器具体用于根据第一时钟信号生成第二解码始终信号，向处理器发送第二时钟信号。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned controller is specifically configured to generate a second decoding signal according to the first clock signal, and send the second clock signal to the processor.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述处理器用于向控制器发送第一时钟信 号后，上述控制器还用于根据第一时钟信号生成用于解码第一通信信号的第二时钟信号前，接收处理器发送的第一时钟信号。上述控制器用于根据该第一时钟信号向处理器发送用于解码第一通信信号的第二时钟信号后，上述处理器还用于接收控制器发送的第二时钟信号。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, after the processor is configured to send the first clock signal to the controller, the controller is further configured to generate a second clock for decoding the first communication signal according to the first clock signal Before the signal, the first clock signal sent by the processor is received. After the controller is configured to send a second clock signal for decoding the first communication signal to the processor according to the first clock signal, the processor is further configured to receive the second clock signal sent by the controller.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述处理器用于向控制器发送第一通信信号后，控制器还用于根据第一通信信号通知处理器进入低功耗模式；处理器用于当进入低功耗状态的时长达到预设时长时，进入高功耗模式；在高功耗模式解码第一通信信号。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, after the above-mentioned processor is used to send the first communication signal to the controller, the controller is further used to notify the processor to enter the low power consumption mode according to the first communication signal; the processor is used when When the duration of entering the low power consumption state reaches the preset duration, the high power consumption mode is entered; and the first communication signal is decoded in the high power consumption mode.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述预设时长等于1/2f0，f0为终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the foregoing preset duration is equal to 1/2 f0, and f0 is a sending frequency of the terminal to send the first communication signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器具体用于根据第一通信信号向处理器发送功耗抑制信号。上述处理器具体用于根据功耗抑制信号开始进行功耗抑制，使得处理器处于低功耗模式。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned controller is specifically configured to send a power consumption suppression signal to the processor according to the first communication signal. The foregoing processor is specifically configured to start power consumption suppression according to the power consumption suppression signal, so that the processor is in a low power consumption mode.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器具体用于根据第一通信信号生成功耗抑制信号，向处理器发送功耗抑制信号。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned controller is specifically configured to generate a power consumption suppression signal according to the first communication signal, and send the power consumption suppression signal to the processor.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号接收装置还包括第二处理电路。该第二处理电路的信号输入端与信号接收电路电连接。该第二处理电路的信号输出端与处理器的数据信号接口电连接。当上述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，上述处理器用于向控制器发送第一通信信号前，该第二处理电路用于对第一通信信号进行以下处理中任一种或多种：滤波处理、电位调整处理、信号放大处理、或整形处理。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned signal receiving device further includes a second processing circuit. The signal input end of the second processing circuit is electrically connected with the signal receiving circuit. The signal output end of the second processing circuit is electrically connected with the data signal interface of the processor. After the information input device enters the wake-up state, before the processor is used to send the first communication signal to the controller, the second processing circuit is used to perform any one or more of the following processing on the first communication signal: filtering processing, Potential adjustment processing, signal amplification processing, or shaping processing.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二处理电路包括：滤波子电路、信号放大子电路、整形子电路以及提供基准电位的电位转换子电路。该滤波子电路的信号输入端与信号接收电路电连接。信号放大子电路的信号输入端分别与滤波子电路的信号输出端和电位转换子电路的信号输出端电连接。整形子电路的信号输入端分别与信号放大电路的信号输出端和电位转换子电路的信号输出端电连接。整形子电路的信号输出端与处理器的数据信号接口电连接。信号放大子电路用于对第一通信信号进行信号放大处理和电位调节。所述整形子电路用于对第一通信信号进行整形。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the above-mentioned second processing circuit includes: a filtering sub-circuit, a signal amplifying sub-circuit, a shaping sub-circuit, and a potential conversion sub-circuit that provides a reference potential. The signal input end of the filter sub-circuit is electrically connected with the signal receiving circuit. The signal input end of the signal amplifying sub-circuit is electrically connected to the signal output end of the filtering sub-circuit and the signal output end of the potential conversion sub-circuit, respectively. The signal input end of the shaping sub-circuit is respectively electrically connected with the signal output end of the signal amplifying circuit and the signal output end of the potential conversion sub-circuit. The signal output end of the shaping sub-circuit is electrically connected with the data signal interface of the processor. The signal amplifying sub-circuit is used to perform signal amplifying processing and potential adjustment on the first communication signal. The shaping sub-circuit is used for shaping the first communication signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述处理器和控制器均可以为一个处理器，也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如，该处理器和控制器均可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)，也可以是特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，简称ASIC)，或者是被配置成实施本发明实施例的至少一个集成电路。例如：至少一个个微处理器(digital signal processor，简称DSP)，或，至少一个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，简称FPGA)。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, both the aforementioned processor and the controller may be one processor, or may be a collective term for multiple processing elements. For example, both the processor and the controller can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU for short), or a specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC for short), or are configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention. At least one integrated circuit. For example: at least one microprocessor (digital signal processor, DSP for short), or at least one Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA for short).
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号接收电路具体用于检测终端采用直接序列展频技术发送的第一通信信号。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned signal receiving circuit is specifically configured to detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal using the direct sequence spread spectrum technology.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信号发射电路包括：发射天线、升压斩波子电路、第二倍压子电路以及与发射天线耦接的推挽子电路。该升压斩波子电路的控制端与控制器的数据信号接口电连接；第二倍压子电路并联在升压斩波子电路的信号输出端，推挽子电路的第一电源接口与第二倍压子电路的信号输出端电连接，推 挽子电路的第二电源接口与公共接地端电连接。该推挽子电路的信号输入端与控制器的信号输出端电连接。由于第二倍压子电路并联在升压斩波子电路的信号输出端，可以有效降低升压斩波子电路的输入输出压差，从而降低信号发射电路的功耗。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned signal transmitting circuit includes: a transmitting antenna, a boost chopper sub-circuit, a second voltage multiplier sub-circuit, and a push-pull sub-circuit coupled to the transmitting antenna. The control end of the boost chopper sub-circuit is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller; the second voltage multiplier sub-circuit is connected in parallel to the signal output end of the boost chopper sub-circuit, and the first power interface and the second multiplier of the push-pull sub-circuit The signal output end of the voltage sub-circuit is electrically connected, and the second power interface of the push-pull sub-circuit is electrically connected to the common ground end. The signal input end of the push-pull sub-circuit is electrically connected with the signal output end of the controller. Since the second voltage multiplier sub-circuit is connected in parallel to the signal output end of the boost chopper sub-circuit, the input and output voltage difference of the boost chopper sub-circuit can be effectively reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the signal transmitting circuit.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信息输入设备还包括与控制器的数据信号接口电连接的位置检测装置。当信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，上述位置检测装置用于检测所述信息输入设备与所述终端的相对位置。控制器用于当信息输入设备与终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内保持不变时，控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned information input device further includes a position detection device electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller. When the information input device enters the awake state, the above-mentioned position detection device is used to detect the relative position of the information input device and the terminal. The controller is used for controlling the information input device to enter the dormant state when the relative position of the information input device and the terminal remains unchanged within a preset duration threshold.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述位置检测装置具体用于检测检测信息输入设备的运动信息。上述控制器具体用于根据信息输入设备的运动信息确定信息输入设备处于静止状态时，信息输入设备处于静止状态的保持时长在预设时长阈值内保持不变的情况下，控制信息输入设备处于休眠状态。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned position detection device is specifically configured to detect movement information of the detection information input device. The above-mentioned controller is specifically configured to determine that when the information input device is in a static state according to the motion information of the information input device, and the holding time of the information input device in the static state remains unchanged within a preset duration threshold, the control information input device is in sleep mode. status.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述信息输入设备还包括无线充电器、内置电池以及与控制器通信的电源管理装置。无线充电器与内置电池电连接。电源管理装置分别与内置电池和无线充电器电连接。该信号接收装置的电源接口、信号发射电路的电源接口、位置检测装置的电源接口和控制器的电源接口均与电源管理装置电连接。在内置电池需要充电时，可利用电源管理装置控制无线充电器向内置电池充电状态。同时，还能够利用电源管理装置为信号接收装置、位置检测装置、控制器和信号发射电路分配电源。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned information input device further includes a wireless charger, a built-in battery, and a power management device that communicates with the controller. The wireless charger is electrically connected with the built-in battery. The power management device is electrically connected with the built-in battery and the wireless charger respectively. The power interface of the signal receiving device, the power interface of the signal transmission circuit, the power interface of the position detection device and the power interface of the controller are all electrically connected with the power management device. When the built-in battery needs to be charged, the power management device can be used to control the wireless charger to charge the built-in battery. At the same time, the power management device can also be used to distribute power to the signal receiving device, the position detecting device, the controller, and the signal transmitting circuit.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器具体用于根据唤醒信号生成供电控制信号，向电源管理装置发送供电控制信号。该电源管理装置用于接收控制器发送的供电控制信号，根据供电控制信号控制内置电池为信息输入设备供电。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned controller is specifically configured to generate a power supply control signal according to the wake-up signal, and send the power supply control signal to the power management device. The power management device is used to receive the power supply control signal sent by the controller, and control the built-in battery to supply power to the information input device according to the power supply control signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述控制器具体用于根据休眠信号生成断电控制信号，向电源管理装置发送断电控制信号。该电源管理装置用于接收控制器发送的断电控制信号，根据断电控制信号控制内置电池停止为信息输入设备供电。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned controller is specifically configured to generate a power-off control signal according to the sleep signal, and send the power-off control signal to the power management device. The power management device is used to receive the power-off control signal sent by the controller, and control the built-in battery to stop supplying power to the information input device according to the power-off control signal.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一处理电路和第二处理电路也可以使用一个或多个处理器或处理模块替换。上述信号接收电路可以使用接收模块、收发模块或收发器等替换。上述信号发射电路可以使用发送模块、收发模块或收发器等替换。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned first processing circuit and second processing circuit may also be replaced by one or more processors or processing modules. The above-mentioned signal receiving circuit can be replaced by a receiving module, a transceiver module, or a transceiver. The above-mentioned signal transmission circuit can be replaced by a sending module, a transceiver module, or a transceiver.
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种终端。该终端包括：通信接口，用于周期性发送第一通信信号，以使得信息输入设备根据第一通信信号进入唤醒状态；该第一通信信号包括同步信息；该通信接口还用于根据预设频率和同步信号交替接收互容信号和信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal. The terminal includes: a communication interface for periodically sending a first communication signal, so that the information input device enters an awakening state according to the first communication signal; the first communication signal includes synchronization information; the communication interface is also used for according to a preset frequency And the synchronization signal alternately receive the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal sent by the information input device.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述通信接口具体用于采用直接序列展频技术发送第一通信信号。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the above-mentioned communication interface is specifically configured to use a direct sequence spread spectrum technology to send the first communication signal.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述通信接口还用于接收互容信号或者信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号时，停止发送第一通信信号。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the aforementioned communication interface is further configured to stop sending the first communication signal when receiving the mutual capacitance signal or the second communication signal sent by the information input device.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述终端具有多个信号接收周期，每个信号接收周期为T2，T2＝1/f，f为预设频率，每个信号接收周期包括第一接收时段和第二接收时段。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the foregoing terminal has multiple signal receiving periods, each signal receiving period is T2, T2=1/f, f is a preset frequency, and each signal receiving period includes the first The receiving period and the second receiving period.
上述通信接口具体用于在每个信号接收周期的所述第一接收时段接收所述互容信号，在每个信号接收周期的第二接收时段接收信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。The above-mentioned communication interface is specifically configured to receive the mutual capacitance signal in the first receiving period of each signal receiving period, and receive the second communication signal sent by the information input device in the second receiving period of each signal receiving period.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一接收时段的时间长度大于第二接收时段的时间长度。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the time length of the first receiving period is greater than the time length of the second receiving period.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述预设频率f大于f0，f0为终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the above-mentioned preset frequency f is greater than f0, and f0 is a sending frequency at which the terminal sends the first communication signal.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述设备还包括处理器。上述通信接口用于发送所述第一通信信号前，处理器用于在检测到干扰信号时，根据干扰信号生成调频信息；根据调频信息降低预设频率，根据调频信息和同步信号生成第一通信信号。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the foregoing device further includes a processor. Before the communication interface is used to send the first communication signal, the processor is used to generate frequency modulation information according to the interference signal when the interference signal is detected; reduce the preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information, and generate the first communication signal according to the frequency modulation information and the synchronization signal .
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种信息输入系统，包括第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式描述的设备和第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式描述的终端。In the fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information input system, including the device described in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect and the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner described in the fourth aspect terminal.
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种终端控制设备。该设备包括一个或多个模块，用于实现第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。该一个或者多个模块可以与第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式描述的方法中的各个步骤相对应。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal control device. The device includes one or more modules for implementing the second aspect or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect. The one or more modules may correspond to the steps in the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片。该芯片包括处理器和通信接口。该通信接口和处理器耦合。该处理器用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式所描述的方法。该通信接口用于与所述芯片之外的其它模块、装置、或设备进行通信。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run a computer program or instruction to implement the second aspect or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect. The communication interface is used to communicate with other modules, devices, or equipment other than the chip.
在第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中，上述芯片还包括存储器，用于存储计算机程序或指令。In a possible implementation of the seventh aspect, the aforementioned chip further includes a memory for storing computer programs or instructions.
上述提供的任一种装置或设备或计算机存储介质或计算机程序产品或芯片或通信系统均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文提供的对应的方法中对应方案的有益效果，此处不再赘述。Any device or device or computer storage medium or computer program product or chip or communication system provided above is used to execute the corresponding method provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the above provided The beneficial effects of the corresponding scheme in the corresponding method will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为相关技术中以手写笔相对终端所具有的触摸屏的倾斜角的示意图；FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an inclination angle of a stylus relative to a touch screen of a terminal in the related art;
图2为相关技术中以手写笔为例的信息输入设备的外观示意图；2 is a schematic diagram of the appearance of an information input device taking a stylus as an example in the related art;
图3为图2所示的手写笔的框架示意图；FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the frame of the stylus shown in FIG. 2;
图4为图2所示的手写笔在终端所具有的触摸屏书写输入内容的原理示意图；4 is a schematic diagram of the principle of writing input content on the touch screen of the terminal with the stylus shown in FIG. 2;
图5为本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备应用于信息输入系统的场景图；FIG. 5 is a scene diagram in which the information input device provided by an embodiment of the application is applied to an information input system;
图6为本申请实施例提供的方法的流程示意图一；FIG. 6 is a first schematic flowchart of a method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例中手写笔的笔尖到平板电脑的最短距离的示意图；7 is a schematic diagram of the shortest distance from the tip of the stylus to the tablet computer in an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例以手写笔为例的信息输入设备的外观示意图；8 is a schematic diagram of the appearance of an information input device taking a stylus as an example in an embodiment of the application;
图9为图7所示的手写笔处在休眠状态与平板电脑相对位置示意图；9 is a schematic diagram of the relative position of the stylus shown in FIG. 7 in the dormant state and the tablet computer;
图10为图7所示的手写笔处在唤醒状态与平板电脑相对位置示意图；FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the relative position of the stylus shown in FIG. 7 in the wake-up state and the tablet computer;
图11为本申请实施例提供的方法的流程示意图二；FIG. 11 is a second schematic flowchart of the method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的方法的流程示意图三；FIG. 12 is a third schematic flowchart of the method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的方法的流程示意图四；FIG. 13 is a fourth flowchart of a method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的方法的流程示意图五；FIG. 14 is a fifth schematic flowchart of the method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的方法的流程示意图六；FIG. 15 is a sixth flowchart of a method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例以手写笔和平板电脑为例的工作时序图；FIG. 16 is a working sequence diagram of an example of a stylus and a tablet computer according to an embodiment of the application;
图17为本申请实施例以手写笔、平板电脑和手指所构成的信息输入系统的示意图；FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an information input system composed of a stylus, a tablet computer, and a finger according to an embodiment of the application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的方法的流程示意图七；FIG. 18 is a seventh schematic flowchart of the method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备的框架示意图；FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a framework of an information input device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图20为本申请实施例中电源管理装置的配电结构示意图；20 is a schematic diagram of the power distribution structure of the power management device in an embodiment of the application;
图21为本申请实施例以手写笔为例的信息输入设备的结构示意图；21 is a schematic structural diagram of an information input device using a stylus as an example in an embodiment of the application;
图22为图21所示的手写笔的充电状态示意图；22 is a schematic diagram of the charging state of the stylus shown in FIG. 21;
图23为本申请实施例中信号接收装置与控制器的连接框架示意图；FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a connection frame between a signal receiving device and a controller in an embodiment of the application;
图24为本申请实施例中信号接收电路、第一处理电路和控制器的一种连接框架示意图；24 is a schematic diagram of a connection framework of the signal receiving circuit, the first processing circuit, and the controller in an embodiment of the application;
图25为本申请实施例中信号接收电路、第一处理电路和控制器的另一种连接框架示意图；25 is a schematic diagram of another connection framework of the signal receiving circuit, the first processing circuit, and the controller in an embodiment of the application;
图26为本申请实施例中信号接收装置与控制器的电路连接示意图；FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of the circuit connection between the signal receiving device and the controller in an embodiment of the application;
图27为本申请实施例中信号发射电路与MCU的电路连接示意图；FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of the circuit connection between the signal transmission circuit and the MCU in an embodiment of the application;
图28本申请实施例中FPGA和MCU的部分接口连接关系示意图；FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship of some interfaces between FPGA and MCU in the embodiment of the present application;
图29为本申请实施例中电源管理装置与用电器件之间的连接框架示意图；FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of the connection framework between the power management device and the electrical device in an embodiment of the application;
图30为本申请实施例中芯片的框架示意图；FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of the framework of a chip in an embodiment of the application;
图31为本申请实施例以手机为例的终端的结构示意图。FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal using a mobile phone as an example in an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
在介绍本申请实施例之前首先对本申请实施例中涉及到的相关名词作如下释义：Before introducing the embodiments of the present application, the relevant terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are firstly interpreted as follows:
光学字符识别(Optical Character Recognition，缩写为OCR)指：通过图像处理和模式识别技术对光学的字符进行识别，将形状翻译成终端可识别的文字。Optical Character Recognition (Optical Character Recognition, abbreviated as OCR) refers to: Recognizing optical characters through image processing and pattern recognition technology, and translating shapes into text that can be recognized by the terminal.
直接序列展频(Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum，缩写为DSSS)技术指：将原来的讯号[1]或[0]，利用10个以上的切片(chips)来代表[1]或[0]位，使得原来较高功率、较窄的频率变成具有较宽频的低功率频率。而每个bit使用多少个chips称作扩频切片(Spreading chips)，一个较高的扩频切片可以增加抗噪声干扰，而一个较低扩频定额(Spreading Ration)可以增加用户的使用人数。Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) technology refers to: the original signal [1] or [0], using more than 10 slices (chips) to represent [1] or [0] bits, so that The original higher power, narrower frequency becomes a lower power frequency with a wider frequency. The number of chips used per bit is called Spreading chips. A higher spreading slice can increase noise immunity, while a lower Spreading Rational can increase the number of users.
M序列是最长线性移位寄存器序列的简称，是一种伪随机序列、伪噪声(PN)码或伪随机码。它不能预先确定但可以重复产生。The M sequence is short for the longest linear shift register sequence, which is a pseudo-random sequence, pseudo-noise (PN) code, or pseudo-random code. It cannot be determined in advance but can be reproduced.
现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array，缩写为FPGA)是一种可编程器件，内部包括可配置逻辑模块(Configurable Logic Block，缩写为CLB)、输入输出模块(Input Output Block，缩写为IOB)和内部连线(Interconnect)三个部分。Field-Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, abbreviated as FPGA) is a programmable device, which includes Configurable Logic Block (CLB), Input Output Block (abbreviated as IOB) ) And the internal connection (Interconnect) three parts.
微控制单元(Microcontroller Unit，缩写为MCU)，又称单片微型计算机(Single Chip Microcomputer)、或单片机，是把中央处理器(Central Process Unit，缩写为CPU)的频率与规格做适当缩减，并将内存(memory)、计数器(Timer)、USB、A/D(Analog.Digita)转换、通用异步收发器(Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter，缩写为UART)、可编程逻辑控制器(Programmable Logic Controller，缩写为PLC)、直接存储器访问(Direct Memory Access，缩写为DMA)等周边接口，甚至液晶显示 器(Liquid Crystal Display，缩写为LCD)驱动电路都整合在单一芯片上，形成芯片级的计算机，为不同的应用场合做不同组合控制。Microcontroller Unit (abbreviated as MCU), also known as single chip microcomputer (Single Chip Microcomputer), or single-chip microcomputer, is to appropriately reduce the frequency and specifications of the central processing unit (Central Process Unit, abbreviated as CPU), and Convert memory (memory), counter (Timer), USB, A/D (Analog.Digita), universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter, abbreviated as UART), programmable logic controller (Programmable Logic Controller, abbreviation) Peripheral interfaces such as PLC), Direct Memory Access (DMA), and even the liquid crystal display (Liquid Crystal Display, abbreviated as LCD) drive circuits are integrated on a single chip to form a chip-level computer. Do different combinations of control in applications.
ARM(Advanced RISC Machines)处理器是一个32位元精简指令集(Reduced Instruction Set Computer，缩写为RISC)处理器架构，ARM处理器广泛地使用在许多嵌入式系统设计。ARM处理器的特点有指令长度固定，执行效率高，低成本等。ARM (Advanced RISC Machines) processor is a 32-bit reduced instruction set (Reduced Instruction Set Computer, abbreviated as RISC) processor architecture. ARM processors are widely used in many embedded system designs. ARM processors are characterized by fixed instruction length, high execution efficiency, and low cost.
报点信息指：信息输入设备与终端所具有的屏幕(触摸屏或不具有触摸功能的屏幕)的相对位置信息。以手写笔为例，终端检测报点信息后，将报点信息发送至手写笔。手写笔根据报点信息判断手写笔的书写内容是否超过终端所具有的屏幕的设定书写区域。若手写笔的书写内容超过屏幕的设定书写区域，则控制手写笔停止向终端发送载有输入内容的信号。Reporting information refers to the relative position information between the information input device and the screen (touch screen or screen without touch function) of the terminal. Taking a stylus as an example, after the terminal detects the point-reporting information, it sends the point-reporting information to the stylus pen. The stylus pen judges whether the writing content of the stylus pen exceeds the set writing area of the screen of the terminal according to the reporting information. If the writing content of the stylus pen exceeds the set writing area of the screen, the stylus is controlled to stop sending a signal carrying the input content to the terminal.
输入姿态信息指：信息输入设备相对终端所具有的触摸屏的倾斜角。例如：图1示出了以手写笔02相对终端01所具有的触摸屏TP的倾斜角的示意图。如图1所示，手写笔的长度方向a与触摸屏TP的表面所形成的夹角α为所述倾斜角。The input posture information refers to the inclination angle of the information input device relative to the touch screen of the terminal. For example: FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the tilt angle of the stylus 02 relative to the touch screen TP of the terminal 01. As shown in FIG. 1, the angle α formed by the length direction a of the stylus pen and the surface of the touch screen TP is the inclination angle.
为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请的实施例中，采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。例如，第一阈值和第二阈值仅仅是为了区分不同的阈值，并不对其先后顺序进行限定。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In order to clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same items or similar items that have substantially the same function and effect. For example, the first threshold and the second threshold are only for distinguishing different thresholds, and the order of their order is not limited. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and execution order, and words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the difference.
需要说明的是，本申请中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that in this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" in this application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.
本申请中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b和c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，b，c，a-b(a和b的组合)，a-c(a和c的组合)，b-c(b和c的组合)，或a-b-c(a、b和c的组合)，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, and c can mean: a, b, c, ab (combination of a and b), ac (combination of a and c), bc (combination of b and c) ), or abc (combination of a, b, and c), where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
目前，信息输入设备在终端01所具有的触摸屏TP书写输入内容的方式可以分为两种。下面以手写笔02为例介绍手写笔在终端01所具有的触摸屏TP书写输入内容的两种方式。At present, there are two ways for the information input device to write input content on the touch screen TP of the terminal 01. The following uses the stylus pen 02 as an example to introduce two ways for the stylus pen to write input content on the touch screen TP of the terminal 01.
第一种方式：如图1所示，手写笔02的笔头以电磁波辐射的形式向终端01无线发送高频信号。这些高频信号被终端识别后，终端识别高频信号，确定手写笔的压力信息和输入姿态信息。根据高频信号确定手写笔在终端上的触控轨迹或者说输入内容，并将触控轨迹显示在触摸屏TP上。The first way: as shown in Fig. 1, the tip of the stylus 02 wirelessly sends a high-frequency signal to the terminal 01 in the form of electromagnetic wave radiation. After these high-frequency signals are recognized by the terminal, the terminal recognizes the high-frequency signals and determines the pressure information and input posture information of the stylus. The touch track or input content of the stylus on the terminal is determined according to the high-frequency signal, and the touch track is displayed on the touch screen TP.
第二种方式：如图1所示，对于具有触摸屏TP的终端01来说，当手写笔02的笔头与触摸屏TP接触的情况下，触摸屏TP的感应板感应手写笔02的笔头在触摸屏 TP上施加的压力，并被触摸屏TP的感应板感应，感应板将压力转换为电信号由终端01进行处理，从而确定手写笔的输入内容。The second way: As shown in Figure 1, for the terminal 01 with a touch screen TP, when the pen tip of the stylus pen 02 is in contact with the touch screen TP, the sensor board of the touch screen TP senses that the pen tip of the stylus pen 02 is on the touch screen TP The applied pressure is sensed by the sensor board of the touch screen TP, and the sensor board converts the pressure into an electrical signal for processing by the terminal 01, thereby determining the input content of the stylus pen.
图2示出相关技术中以手写笔为例的信息输入设备的外观示意图。图3示出了图2所示的手写笔的框架示意图。图4示出了图2所示的手写笔在终端所具有的触摸屏书写输入内容的原理示意图。下面结合图2～图4说明手写笔采用第一种方式在终端01所具有的触摸屏TP书写输入内容的过程。FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of the appearance of an information input device taking a stylus as an example in the related art. FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the frame of the stylus shown in FIG. 2. FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of the principle of writing input content on the touch screen of the terminal with the stylus shown in FIG. 2. The following describes the process of writing input content on the touch screen TP of the terminal 01 with the stylus pen using the first method with reference to FIGS. 2 to 4.
如图2所示，该手写笔02包括笔杆020、笔头021以及设在笔杆020上充电接口022。笔头021设在笔杆020端部，用以向终端01发送载有输入内容的信号。如图3所示，该信息输入设备包括MCU、DC/DC电源转换器(Direct current-Direct current converter)024、信号发射电路025、压力传感器026、信号检测电路027和内置电池028。内置电池028与DC/DC电源转换器024电连接。压力传感器026可以感测笔头021的笔尖所承受的压力，压力传感器026与信号检测电路027电连接。DC/DC电源转换器024、信号发射电路025和信号检测电路027均与MCU电连接。应理解，DC/DC电源转换器024还分别与信号发射电路025、压力传感器026和信号检测电路027电连接(图3未示出电连接关系)。As shown in FIG. 2, the stylus 02 includes a penholder 020, a pen tip 021, and a charging interface 022 provided on the penholder 020. The pen tip 021 is set at the end of the penholder 020 to send a signal carrying the input content to the terminal 01. As shown in FIG. 3, the information input device includes an MCU, a DC/DC power converter (Direct current-Direct current converter) 024, a signal transmission circuit 025, a pressure sensor 026, a signal detection circuit 027, and a built-in battery 028. The built-in battery 028 is electrically connected to the DC/DC power converter 024. The pressure sensor 026 can sense the pressure on the tip of the pen tip 021, and the pressure sensor 026 is electrically connected to the signal detection circuit 027. The DC/DC power converter 024, the signal transmission circuit 025 and the signal detection circuit 027 are all electrically connected to the MCU. It should be understood that the DC/DC power converter 024 is also electrically connected to the signal transmitting circuit 025, the pressure sensor 026, and the signal detecting circuit 027 (the electrical connection relationship is not shown in FIG. 3).
工作时，如图3所示，内置电池028通过DC/DC电源转换器024向MCU、压力传感器026、信号检测电路027和信号发射电路025供电。压力传感器026和信号检测电路027向MCU提供压感信号，MCU在内部晶振所产生的时钟的控制下生成脉宽宽度调制式(Pulse Width Modulation，缩写为PWM)信号，驱动信号发射电路025将PWM信号发射出去，所发射的PWM信号以高压方波信号的形式通过笔头021的笔尖发射。如图4所示，笔头021的笔尖与触摸屏TP之间存在的绝缘物质，使得笔头021的笔尖、触摸屏TP以及二者之间的绝缘物质(图4未示出)可以被看作一个小电容C。小电容C阻碍PWM信号所含有的直流电压信号被触摸屏TP内的感应板接收，允许PWM信号所含有的交变信号被触摸屏TP内的感应板接收，终端可根据感应板所接收的PWM信号所含有的交变信号，获得输入内容，并将输入内容显示在触摸屏上。由此可见，图4所示的手写笔02在触摸屏TP书写输入内容的方式为上述第一种方式。并且，手写笔02在触摸屏TP上书写输入内容的原理类似用户手指在触摸屏TP上书写输入内容的原理相似，终端均是以OCR技术为基础进行输入内容识别，并在触摸屏TP显示。In operation, as shown in FIG. 3, the built-in battery 028 supplies power to the MCU, the pressure sensor 026, the signal detection circuit 027, and the signal transmission circuit 025 through the DC/DC power converter 024. The pressure sensor 026 and the signal detection circuit 027 provide the pressure-sensitive signal to the MCU. The MCU generates a pulse width modulation (Pulse Width Modulation, abbreviated as PWM) signal under the control of the clock generated by the internal crystal oscillator. The signal is transmitted, and the transmitted PWM signal is transmitted through the tip of the pen tip 021 in the form of a high-voltage square wave signal. As shown in Figure 4, the insulating material between the tip of the pen tip 021 and the touch screen TP makes the tip of the pen tip 021, the touch screen TP and the insulating material between them (not shown in Figure 4) can be regarded as a small capacitance C. The small capacitor C prevents the DC voltage signal contained in the PWM signal from being received by the sensor board in the touch screen TP, and allows the alternating signal contained in the PWM signal to be received by the sensor board in the touch screen TP. The terminal can be based on the PWM signal received by the sensor board. Contains the alternating signal, obtains the input content, and displays the input content on the touch screen. It can be seen that the method of writing input content on the touch screen TP by the stylus 02 shown in FIG. 4 is the first method described above. In addition, the principle of writing input content on the touch screen TP by the stylus pen 02 is similar to that of a user's finger writing input content on the touch screen TP. The terminals are all based on OCR technology for input content recognition and display on the touch screen TP.
目前，无论采用上述两种方式中何种方式在终端所具有的触摸屏书写输入内容，信息输入设备均可以分为带有电源按键的信息输入设备和无按键信息输入设备。At present, no matter which of the above two methods is used to write input content on the touch screen of the terminal, information input devices can be divided into information input devices with power buttons and information input devices without buttons.
对于带有电源按键的信息输入设备来说，图2所示的手写笔02的笔杆020上设有电源按键022，可利用电源按键022可以打开和关闭信息输入设备。相关技术中手写笔02的内置电池容量较小(例如：手写笔的内置电池一般为锂电池，其容量只有几十mAh)，经常出现忘记关电源按键022或者误触电源按键022的问题，导致手写笔02处在无效开机状态(没有向终端输入信息的开机状态)，使得手写笔02出现不必要的电能损耗问题。如果手写笔02长期处在开机状态，内置电池的电量很快就会耗尽，需要充电才能使用，使得手写笔02的充电频率比较高，影响用户体验。并且，在用户在书写间隔时间内，手写笔02仍然一直耗电，无法智能省电，这进一步加剧了手写笔 02的内置电池电量损耗问题。For an information input device with a power button, the penholder 020 of the stylus 02 shown in FIG. 2 is provided with a power button 022, and the information input device can be turned on and off by using the power button 022. In the related art, the built-in battery capacity of the stylus 02 is small (for example, the built-in battery of the stylus is generally a lithium battery with a capacity of only tens of mAh), and the problem of forgetting to turn off the power button 022 or touching the power button 022 by mistake often occurs, resulting in The stylus 02 is in an invalid power-on state (the power-on state without inputting information to the terminal), which causes unnecessary power consumption of the stylus 02. If the stylus 02 is turned on for a long time, the power of the built-in battery will be exhausted quickly, and it needs to be charged before it can be used. This makes the charging frequency of the stylus 02 relatively high and affects the user experience. In addition, during the user's writing interval, the stylus 02 still consumes power and cannot intelligently save power, which further exacerbates the problem of power consumption of the built-in battery of the stylus 02.
对于无电源按键信息输入设备来说，可利用压感控制方式或振动控制方式启动和关闭信息输入设备。For non-power button information input devices, pressure-sensitive control or vibration control can be used to turn on and off the information input device.
如果采用压感控制方式启动(如点按无线鼠标或者按压手写笔笔尖的方式)无电源按键的手写笔、无线鼠标等信息输入设备，手写笔、无线鼠标等信息输入设备的跟手性不好，影响用户的体验。例如：如图1所示，手写笔02在触摸屏TP上书写第一笔输入内容时，手写笔02的笔尖对触摸屏TP表面进行按压，手写笔02才会进入唤醒状态，开始向终端01发送载有第一笔输入内容的信号，使得终端02根据该信号在触摸屏TP显示手写笔02所书写的第一笔输入内容。由于手写笔02的笔尖在触摸屏TP表面按压后，手写笔02需要根据压力信号启动内部电路，这期间有几十毫秒的延时，因此，采用在触摸屏TP表面按压的方式启动唤醒状态的手写笔02响应速度比较慢，跟手性不好，导致手写笔02在触摸屏TP所书写的第一笔内容无法顺利写出，出现第一笔输入内容不连续、不清晰等问题。并且，如果手写笔02在触摸屏TP表面的按压力度不够，手写笔无法根据压力信号启动内部电路。如果手写笔02在触摸屏TP表面的按压力度过大，手写笔02的笔尖021又易损伤触摸屏TP的感应板。If you use the pressure-sensitive control method to start (such as clicking the wireless mouse or pressing the stylus pen tip), the stylus, wireless mouse and other information input devices without a power button, the stylus, wireless mouse and other information input devices have poor hand performance , Affect the user experience. For example: as shown in Figure 1, when the stylus 02 writes the first input on the touch screen TP, the tip of the stylus 02 presses the surface of the touch screen TP, and the stylus 02 will enter the wake-up state and start sending the load to the terminal 01. There is a signal of the first input content, so that the terminal 02 displays the first input content written by the stylus pen 02 on the touch screen TP according to the signal. Since the pen tip of the stylus 02 is pressed on the surface of the touch screen TP, the stylus 02 needs to activate the internal circuit according to the pressure signal. During this period, there is a delay of tens of milliseconds. Therefore, the stylus in the wake-up state is activated by pressing on the surface of the touch screen TP. 02 The response speed is relatively slow, and the hand is not good. As a result, the first content written by the stylus 02 on the touch screen TP cannot be written smoothly, and the first input content is discontinuous and unclear. Moreover, if the stylus pen 02 is not pressed hard enough on the surface of the touch screen TP, the stylus pen cannot activate the internal circuit according to the pressure signal. If the pressing force of the stylus pen 02 on the surface of the touch screen TP is too large, the nib 021 of the stylus pen 02 will easily damage the sensor board of the touch screen TP.
如果采用振动控制方式启动手写笔、无线鼠标等信息输入设备，只要这些信息输入设备受到振动，都会被启动，因此，这类信息输入设备很容易因为无效振动(不以信息输入为目的的振动)被误触发，导致内置电池损耗。对于无电源按键信息输入设备来说，当不进行信息输入时，手写笔、无线鼠标等信息输入设备需要等待，直到等待时间达到设定时间限值，才能进入休眠模式，导致等待过程中信息输入设备仍然在耗电。If you use the vibration control method to start information input devices such as stylus pens, wireless mice, etc., as long as these information input devices are vibrated, they will be activated. Therefore, such information input devices are prone to invalid vibration (vibration not for the purpose of information input) Triggered by mistake, resulting in loss of built-in battery. For information input devices without a power button, when information is not input, information input devices such as stylus pens, wireless mice, etc. need to wait until the waiting time reaches the set time limit before entering the sleep mode, resulting in information input during the waiting process The device is still consuming power.
针对上述问题，本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备控制方法及信息输入设备应用于信息输入系统，以使得手写笔等信息输入设备实现无按键开机的同时，延长手写笔等信息输入设备的书写可用时间，从而提高用户使用体验。该信息输入系统可以被应用于作家、教师、自由撰稿人、游戏画师，科研工作者、电脑艺术工作者等各行业从业人员的工作中。本申请实施例的信息输入系统可以适用于绘画创作、移动办公、图形设计以及文本和数据的输入等场景。绘画创作可以为书法创作、漫画绘制等。移动办公可以为审阅作业、书写工作报告等无纸化办公。图形设计包括计算机辅助设计(Computer Aided Design，缩写为CAD)制图、飞行器设计等。In response to the above problems, the information input device control method and information input device provided by the embodiments of the present application are applied to an information input system, so that information input devices such as a stylus can be turned on without a button while extending the writing availability of information input devices such as a stylus. Time, thereby improving user experience. The information input system can be applied to the work of writers, teachers, freelance writers, game painters, scientific research workers, computer art workers and other industries. The information input system of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to scenes such as painting creation, mobile office, graphic design, and text and data input. Painting creation can be calligraphy creation, cartoon drawing, etc. Mobile office can be a paperless office for reviewing homework and writing work reports. Graphic design includes computer aided design (Computer Aided Design, abbreviated as CAD) drawing, aircraft design, etc.
本申请实施例描述的技术方案以及应用场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着技术的演变和新应用场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。The technical solutions and application scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with technology The evolution of and the emergence of new application scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
图5示出了一种本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备应用于信息输入系统的场景图。如图5所示，本申请实施例信息输入系统包括终端100和信息输入设备200。信息输入设备200不仅向终端100发送载有输入内容的信号，还能够接收终端200所发送的第一通信信号，使得信息输入设备200与终端100双向通信。例如：终端100和信息输入设备200均可支持HPP3.0协议(HUAWEI Pen’s Protocol 3.0)等通信协议，使得在HPP3.0协议(HUAWEI Pen’s Protocol 3.0)的支撑下信息输入设备200向终端100 发送载有输入内容的信号，在HPP3.0协议(HUAWEI Pen’s Protocol 3.0)的支撑下信息输入设备200接收终端100发送的第一通信信号。应理解，终端100和信息输入设备200还可以支持HPP 2.2协议、HPP1.5协议等其它通信协议，实现终端100和信息输入设备200的双向通信。FIG. 5 shows a scene diagram in which the information input device provided by an embodiment of the present application is applied to an information input system. As shown in FIG. 5, the information input system of the embodiment of the present application includes a terminal 100 and an information input device 200. The information input device 200 not only sends a signal carrying the input content to the terminal 100, but can also receive the first communication signal sent by the terminal 200, so that the information input device 200 and the terminal 100 communicate in two ways. For example, both the terminal 100 and the information input device 200 can support communication protocols such as the HPP3.0 protocol (HUAWEI Pen's Protocol 3.0), so that under the support of the HPP3.0 protocol (HUAWEI Pen's Protocol 3.0), the information input device 200 can send data to the terminal 100. There is a signal of input content, and the information input device 200 receives the first communication signal sent by the terminal 100 under the support of the HPP3.0 protocol (HUAWEI Pen's Protocol 3.0). It should be understood that the terminal 100 and the information input device 200 may also support other communication protocols such as the HPP 2.2 protocol and the HPP 1.5 protocol to implement two-way communication between the terminal 100 and the information input device 200.
图5所示的终端100可以为具有屏幕的终端产品，也可以是不具有屏幕的终端产品。对于具有屏幕的终端产品来说，该屏幕可以为非触摸式屏幕或触摸屏。此处不管是触摸式显示设备还是不具有触摸功能的显示设备均可以为便携式显示设备，也可以为不可携带的显示设备。例如：这些显示设备可以为智能手机(如Android手机、iOS手机)、可穿戴设备、AR(增强现实)\VR(虚拟现实)设备、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、平板电脑、电子白板、掌上电脑以及移动互联网设备(mobile internet devices，MID)等任何具有显示功能的产品或部件。The terminal 100 shown in FIG. 5 may be a terminal product with a screen or a terminal product without a screen. For a terminal product with a screen, the screen can be a non-touch screen or a touch screen. Here, whether it is a touch display device or a display device without a touch function, it can be a portable display device or a non-portable display device. For example: these display devices can be smart phones (such as Android phones, iOS phones), wearable devices, AR (augmented reality)\VR (virtual reality) devices, ultra-mobile personal computers (UMPC), netbooks , Personal digital assistants (PDA), tablet computers, electronic whiteboards, handheld computers and mobile internet devices (mobile internet devices, MID) and any other products or components with display functions.
图6示出了本申请实施例提供一种信息输入设备控制方法和终端控制方法。信息输入设备控制方法应用于信息输入设备。终端控制方法由终端执行，也可以由应用终端的芯片执行。该信息输入设备初始时处于休眠状态。该信息输入设备包括信号接收装置和控制器。该信号接收装置可以为实现本申请实施例由信号接收装置执行方法的收发器，也可以为具有信号接收功能的电路。控制器可以为MCU或处理器。为了方便描述，下面以终端和信息输入设备分别作为执行主体为例，描述本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备控制方法和终端控制方法。如图6所示，本申请实施例提供方法包括：Fig. 6 shows an information input device control method and a terminal control method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The information input device control method is applied to the information input device. The terminal control method is executed by the terminal, and can also be executed by the chip of the application terminal. The information input device is initially in a dormant state. The information input device includes a signal receiving device and a controller. The signal receiving device may be a transceiver that implements the method executed by the signal receiving device in the embodiment of the present application, or may be a circuit with a signal receiving function. The controller can be an MCU or a processor. For the convenience of description, the following describes the information input device control method and terminal control method provided in the embodiments of the present application by taking the terminal and the information input device as the execution subject respectively as an example. As shown in FIG. 6, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application includes:
步骤101：终端发送第一通信信号。在实际应用过程中，为了确定终端开始发送第一通信信号的时间，可在用户准备利用信息输入设备向终端发送第二通信信号时，利用终端所配备摄像头采集终端周围的图像，并对终端周围的图像进行识别，确定终端周围是否出现信息输入设备。如果终端周围出现信息输入设备，那么终端开始向通信设备发送第一通信信号。Step 101: The terminal sends a first communication signal. In the actual application process, in order to determine the time when the terminal starts to send the first communication signal, when the user is preparing to use the information input device to send the second communication signal to the terminal, the camera equipped with the terminal can be used to collect the images around the terminal, and to check the surroundings of the terminal. To identify whether there are information input devices around the terminal. If an information input device appears around the terminal, the terminal starts to send the first communication signal to the communication device.
为了增加第一通信信号的抗干扰性，终端在发送第一通信信号前，可对第一通信信号进行编码等抗干扰处理。并且第一通信信号的发送方式也可以选择抗干扰能力比较强的发送方式。例如：步骤101包括：终端采用DSSS技术发送第一通信信号，当然也可以根据实际情况设置终端发送第一通信信号的方式。In order to increase the anti-interference performance of the first communication signal, the terminal may perform anti-interference processing such as encoding on the first communication signal before sending the first communication signal. In addition, the transmission mode of the first communication signal may also be a transmission mode with relatively strong anti-interference ability. For example, step 101 includes: the terminal uses the DSSS technology to send the first communication signal. Of course, the manner in which the terminal sends the first communication signal can also be set according to the actual situation.
步骤102：信号接收装置检测终端发送的第一通信信号。终端可以周期性发送第一通信信号。例如：终端每隔15ms～50ms发送一次第一通信信号。当信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围内，信号接收装置可以检测终端周期性发送的第一通信信号。第一通信信号的频段应当根据信息输入设备可接收的信号频段进行配置。例如：信息输入设备可接收中频频段的信号，则终端所发送的第一通信信号的频段处于中频频段。中频频段的频率为300kHz～3000kHz。具体的，终端所发送的第一通信信号可以以射频信号的形式对外发送。并且，还可以调节射频信号的频段宽度，提高射频信号的抗干扰能力。Step 102: The signal receiving apparatus detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal. The terminal may periodically send the first communication signal. For example: the terminal sends the first communication signal every 15ms-50ms. When the information input device is located within the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal, the signal receiving device can detect the first communication signal periodically sent by the terminal. The frequency band of the first communication signal should be configured according to the signal frequency band that the information input device can receive. For example, if the information input device can receive signals in the intermediate frequency band, the frequency band of the first communication signal sent by the terminal is in the intermediate frequency band. The frequency of the intermediate frequency band is 300kHz～3000kHz. Specifically, the first communication signal sent by the terminal may be sent to the outside in the form of a radio frequency signal. In addition, the frequency band width of the radio frequency signal can be adjusted to improve the anti-interference ability of the radio frequency signal.
在实际应用过程中，当终端以射频信号的形式发送第一通信信号时，在信息输入设备处于第一通信信号覆盖范围的应用场景下，信息输入设备接收终端以射频信号的形式发送的第一通信信号。另外，在信号接收装置中设置各种具有接收功能的组件检 测终端发送的第一通信信号。例如：可以采用接收天线检测终端发送的第一通信信号。In the actual application process, when the terminal sends the first communication signal in the form of a radio frequency signal, in an application scenario where the information input device is in the coverage area of the first communication signal, the information input device receives the first communication signal sent by the terminal in the form of a radio frequency signal. Communication signal. In addition, various components with receiving functions are provided in the signal receiving device to detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal. For example, the receiving antenna may be used to detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal.
步骤103a：若信号接收装置检测到终端发送的第一通信信号，信号接收装置根据第一通信信号向控制器发送唤醒信号。应理解，当信号接收装置检测到终端发送的第一通信信号时，说明信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围内。Step 103a: If the signal receiving device detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the signal receiving device sends a wake-up signal to the controller according to the first communication signal. It should be understood that when the signal receiving apparatus detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal, it means that the information input device is located within the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal.
步骤104a：控制器根据唤醒信号控制信息输入设备进入唤醒状态。为了保证信息输入设备被唤醒，信号接收装置和控制器应当处于上电状态。并且，当信号接收装置中执行步骤102和103a的步骤为电路时，应当保证这部分电路持续处在上电状态。Step 104a: The controller controls the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal. In order to ensure that the information input device is awakened, the signal receiving device and the controller should be in the power-on state. In addition, when the steps of performing steps 102 and 103a in the signal receiving device are circuits, it should be ensured that this part of the circuit is continuously in the power-on state.
在实际应用中，唤醒信号可以为高电平或者低电平信号，其电平高低由控制器决定。例如：控制器接收高电平信号时，可根据高电平信号控制信息输入设备处于唤醒状态，那么唤醒信号的形式为高电平信号。反之，则唤醒信号为低电平信号。In practical applications, the wake-up signal can be a high-level or low-level signal, and its level is determined by the controller. For example, when the controller receives a high-level signal, it can control the information input device to be in the wake-up state according to the high-level signal, so the form of the wake-up signal is a high-level signal. Otherwise, the wake-up signal is a low-level signal.
当上述信号接收装置在预设时间段内未检测到终端发送的第一通信信号，说明信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围外，信息输入设备与终端之间的距离比较远，几乎不存在信息输入的可能性。或者第一通信信号的强度特别弱，信号接收装置难以检测到第一通信信号，此时，信号接收装置因此也无法根据第一通信信号生成唤醒信号。基于此，如图6所示，上述方法还包括：When the above-mentioned signal receiving device does not detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal within the preset time period, it means that the information input device is located outside the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal, and the distance between the information input device and the terminal is relatively long, almost There is no possibility of information input. Or the strength of the first communication signal is particularly weak, and it is difficult for the signal receiving device to detect the first communication signal. At this time, the signal receiving device therefore cannot generate a wake-up signal according to the first communication signal. Based on this, as shown in Figure 6, the above method further includes:
步骤103b：若信号接收装置在预设时间段内未检测到终端发送的第一通信信号(信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围外)，信号接收装置向控制器发送休眠信号。Step 103b: If the signal receiving device does not detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal within the preset time period (the information input device is located outside the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal), the signal receiving device sends a sleep signal to the controller.
在实际应用中，终端按照一定频率发送第一通信信号时，信号接收装置检测第一通信信号的预设时间段也应当与终端发送第一通信信号的发射频率有关。当然，预设时间段也可以根据实际情况设定，例如：当终端以60Hz发送第一通信信号时，若预设时间段为33.2ms，那么当信号接收装置两次没有检测到第一通信信号，则向控制器发送休眠信号。若预设时间段为16.6ms，当信号接收装置一次没有检测到第一通信信号，则向控制器发送休眠信号。In practical applications, when the terminal sends the first communication signal at a certain frequency, the preset time period for the signal receiving device to detect the first communication signal should also be related to the transmission frequency of the first communication signal sent by the terminal. Of course, the preset time period can also be set according to actual conditions. For example, when the terminal sends the first communication signal at 60 Hz, if the preset time period is 33.2 ms, then when the signal receiving device does not detect the first communication signal twice , Then send a sleep signal to the controller. If the preset time period is 16.6 ms, when the signal receiving device does not detect the first communication signal once, it sends a sleep signal to the controller.
步骤104b：控制器根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态。休眠信号可以以低电平形式存在，也可以高电平形式存在，其电平高低由控制器决定。例如：控制器在接收高电平信号时，可根据高电平信号控制信息输入设备处于休眠状态，那么休眠信号的形式为高电平信号。反之，则休眠信号为低电平信号。Step 104b: The controller controls the information input device to enter the sleep state according to the sleep signal. The sleep signal can exist in the form of low level or high level, and its level is determined by the controller. For example, when the controller receives a high-level signal, it can control the information input device to be in a dormant state according to the high-level signal, so the form of the dormant signal is a high-level signal. Otherwise, the dormant signal is a low-level signal.
作为一种可能的实现方式，当上述信息输入设备还包括内置电池时，对于步骤104a来说，其具体包括：控制器根据唤醒信号控制信息输入设备的内置电池为信息输入设备供电。As a possible implementation, when the information input device further includes a built-in battery, for step 104a, it specifically includes: the controller controls the built-in battery of the information input device to supply power to the information input device according to the wake-up signal.
在实际应用中，控制器根据唤醒信号控制信息输入设备处于唤醒状态前，信息输入设备可以处于唤醒状态，也可以处于休眠状态。当信息输入设备处于休眠状态时，控制器根据唤醒信号控制内置电池为信息输入设备供电，使得信息输入设备处于唤醒状态即可。当信息输入设备处于唤醒状态时，控制器识别到唤醒信号。此时控制器并不会根据唤醒信号控制内置电池为信息输入设备供电，从而在避免重复操作的同时，保证信息输入设备持续处于唤醒状态，进而降低控制器功耗。In practical applications, the controller controls the information input device to be in the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal, and the information input device can be in the wake-up state or in the dormant state. When the information input device is in the dormant state, the controller controls the built-in battery to supply power to the information input device according to the wake-up signal, so that the information input device is in the wake-up state. When the information input device is in the wake-up state, the controller recognizes the wake-up signal. At this time, the controller does not control the built-in battery to supply power to the information input device according to the wake-up signal, so as to avoid repeated operations while ensuring that the information input device is continuously awakened, thereby reducing the power consumption of the controller.
对于步骤104b来说，其具体包括控制器根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备的内置电池停止为信息输入设备供电。For step 104b, it specifically includes that the controller controls the built-in battery of the information input device to stop powering the information input device according to the sleep signal.
在实际应用中，控制器根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态前，信息输入设备可以处于唤醒状态，也可以处于休眠状态。In practical applications, before the controller controls the information input device to enter the dormant state according to the dormant signal, the information input device can be in the awake state or in the dormant state.
当信息输入设备处于唤醒状态时，控制器如果识别到休眠信号，此时控制器会根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备的内置电池停止为信息输入设备供电。当信息输入设备已经处于休眠状态时，控制器如果识别到休眠信号，那么控制器并不会根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备的内置电池停止为信息输入设备供电，从而在避免重复操作的同时，保证信息输入设备持续处于休眠状态，进而降低控制器功耗。When the information input device is in the wake-up state, if the controller recognizes the sleep signal, the controller will control the built-in battery of the information input device to stop powering the information input device according to the sleep signal. When the information input device is already in the sleep state, if the controller recognizes the sleep signal, the controller will not control the built-in battery of the information input device to stop powering the information input device according to the sleep signal, thereby avoiding repeated operations while ensuring The information input device is continuously in a sleep state, thereby reducing the power consumption of the controller.
作为一种可能的实现方式，上述终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围是指以终端表面为终端参考面，第一通信信号可覆盖的最远位置(即第一通信信号最远覆盖面)与终端参考面之间的最短距离。图7示出了手写笔的笔尖到平板电脑的最短距离的示意图。当以平板电脑400为终端，手写笔300为信息输入设备时，鉴于平板电脑的外壳和侧边都为金属材质，具有信号屏蔽作用，平板电脑所发射的第一通信信号只能穿过平板电脑的触摸屏TP的表面发出。因此，设定终端参考面为平板电脑的触摸屏TP的表面，图7示出了手写笔300的笔尖到触摸屏TP的表面的最短距离为手写笔的笔尖到触摸屏TP的表面的垂直距离d。基于此，如果终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围为20cm，那么当手写笔的笔尖与触摸屏表面之间的最短距离为18cm时，手写笔就会被唤醒，但此时手写笔在平板电脑的触摸屏表面书写内容的可能性特别小，因此，手写笔此时开机会存在不必要的电量损耗。As a possible implementation, the first communication signal coverage of the above-mentioned terminal refers to the terminal surface as the terminal reference surface, the farthest position that the first communication signal can cover (that is, the farthest coverage area of the first communication signal) and the terminal reference The shortest distance between faces. Fig. 7 shows a schematic diagram of the shortest distance from the tip of the stylus to the tablet computer. When the tablet 400 is used as the terminal and the stylus 300 is used as the information input device, since the casing and sides of the tablet are made of metal material, which has a signal shielding effect, the first communication signal emitted by the tablet can only pass through the tablet. The surface of the touch screen TP is emitted. Therefore, the terminal reference surface is set as the surface of the touch screen TP of the tablet computer. FIG. 7 shows that the shortest distance from the tip of the stylus 300 to the surface of the touch screen TP is the vertical distance d from the tip of the stylus to the surface of the touch screen TP. Based on this, if the first communication signal coverage of the terminal is 20cm, then when the shortest distance between the tip of the stylus and the touch screen surface is 18cm, the stylus will be awakened, but the stylus will be on the touch screen of the tablet. The possibility of writing on the surface is particularly small, so there is unnecessary power loss when the stylus is turned on at this time.
在实际应用中，鉴于手写笔等信息输入设备在触摸屏书写输入内容时，信息输入设备与终端之间的距离比较短，例如：当手写笔在触摸屏书写输入内容时，手写笔的笔尖与触摸屏之间的垂直距离d(最短距离)小于3cm。基于此，上述信号接收装置检测到终端发送的第一通信信号时，信息输入设备与终端所具有的触摸屏之间的最短距离小于3cm。也就是说，可以控制终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围小于3cm，使得信息输入设备与触摸屏之间的距离比较短的情况下进入唤醒状态。应理解，为了控制终端的第一通信信号的覆盖范围，终端应当适当控制第一通信信号的强度，以使得其覆盖范围不至于太大。当然，也可以按照实际应用场景设置终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围。In practical applications, the distance between the information input device and the terminal is relatively short when an information input device such as a stylus pen writes the input content on the touch screen. For example, when the stylus pen writes the input content on the touch screen, the tip of the stylus pen is different from the touch screen. The vertical distance d (shortest distance) between the two is less than 3cm. Based on this, when the signal receiving device detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the shortest distance between the information input device and the touch screen of the terminal is less than 3 cm. In other words, the first communication signal coverage of the terminal can be controlled to be less than 3 cm, so that the information input device and the touch screen enter the wake-up state when the distance between the information input device and the touch screen is relatively short. It should be understood that, in order to control the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal, the terminal should appropriately control the strength of the first communication signal so that the coverage area is not too large. Of course, the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal can also be set according to actual application scenarios.
为了保证终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围符合实际要求，以在信息输入设备与终端距离较远的情况下保持休眠，上述终端可以硬件和软件两方面改进。In order to ensure that the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal meets actual requirements, so as to remain dormant when the information input device is far away from the terminal, the above-mentioned terminal can be improved in both hardware and software.
从终端硬件的角度来说，终端具有一控制模块，用以生成控制信号，并发送第一通信信号。该控制模块可以为芯片，也可以包括通信接口和处理器。处理器可以根据实际需要生成第一通信信号，通信接口可以发出第一通信信号。From the perspective of terminal hardware, the terminal has a control module for generating control signals and sending the first communication signal. The control module can be a chip, or it can include a communication interface and a processor. The processor may generate the first communication signal according to actual needs, and the communication interface may send the first communication signal.
从终端软件的角度来说，为了控制第一通信信号的范围，避免信息输入设备距离终端较远的情况下，信息输入设备在没有准备输入载有输入内容的信号时开机，可设定该通信模块所生成的第一通信信号是信号覆盖范围比较小的射频信号等信号。并且还可以对第一通信信号的电压大小进行控制，以进一步控制第一通信信号的信号覆盖范围。例如：可在终端中增设作为通信模块的射频模块。该射频模块具有信号处理功能和信号发射功能。射频信号可以发射射频信号，并且该射频信号的电压为3V。此时射频信号的信号覆盖范围只有10cm左右。From the perspective of terminal software, in order to control the range of the first communication signal and avoid the situation where the information input device is far away from the terminal, the information input device is turned on when it is not ready to input a signal carrying the input content, and the communication can be set The first communication signal generated by the module is a signal such as a radio frequency signal with a relatively small signal coverage. In addition, the voltage level of the first communication signal can be controlled to further control the signal coverage of the first communication signal. For example: a radio frequency module as a communication module can be added to the terminal. The radio frequency module has a signal processing function and a signal transmission function. The radio frequency signal can transmit a radio frequency signal, and the voltage of the radio frequency signal is 3V. At this time, the signal coverage of the radio frequency signal is only about 10 cm.
由上可知，本申请实施例提供的方法应用于手写笔、无线鼠标等信息输入设备，利用信息输入设备准备在终端具有的触摸屏书写输入内容时，信息输入设备逐渐靠近终端这一特征性动作，使得信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围内时，信号接收装置可以检测到该第一通信信号，并根据该第一通信信号向控制器发送唤醒信号。控制器根据该唤醒信号控制信息输入设备处于唤醒状态，从而实现信息输入设备无按键开机。当信息输入设备实现无按键开机时，信息输入设备无需配备用以控制信息输入设备开启的电源按键，因此，本申请实施例提供的方法既能够有效避免因为忘记关闭或误触电源按键所造成的信息输入设备耗电，还能够保证振动方式启动的信息输入设备不会因为意外振动而开启，造成信息输入设备耗电。由此可见，本申请实施例提供的方法可以减少信息输入设备在非书写时间的耗电量，进而延长信息输入设备的书写可用时间，从而提高用户使用体验。It can be seen from the above that the method provided by the embodiments of the present application is applied to information input devices such as stylus pens and wireless mice. When the information input device is used to prepare writing input content on the touch screen of the terminal, the information input device gradually approaches the characteristic action of the terminal. When the information input device is located within the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal, the signal receiving device can detect the first communication signal and send a wake-up signal to the controller according to the first communication signal. The controller controls the information input device to be in an awake state according to the wake-up signal, so that the information input device can be turned on without a button. When the information input device is turned on without a button, the information input device does not need to be equipped with a power button to control the turning on of the information input device. Therefore, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively avoid the problems caused by forgetting to turn off or accidentally touching the power button. The information input device consumes power, and it can also ensure that the information input device activated by the vibration mode will not be turned on due to accidental vibration, causing the information input device to consume power. It can be seen that the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can reduce the power consumption of the information input device during non-writing time, thereby prolonging the available writing time of the information input device, thereby improving the user experience.
同时，相关技术中信息输入设备接触终端所具有的触摸屏时，信息输入设备进入开机状态。但是，因为信息输入设备开机具有延时性，导致信息输入设备在终端所具有的触摸屏书写的第一笔输入内容无法完全呈现在触摸屏上，进而使得第一笔输入内容失真。本申请实施例提供的方法可以在信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围内的情况下，实现信息输入设备非接触式开机，保证信息输入设备与终端接触前被唤醒，使得信息输入设备与终端接触时处在灵敏性最佳的状态，从而保证信息输入设备在终端具有的触摸屏书写的、输入内容能够准确的呈现在该触摸屏上。以手写笔为信息输入设备，以平板电脑为终端，手写笔与平板电脑的触摸屏接触时，手写笔已经处于唤醒状态，从而保证手写笔可以在触摸屏上准确的书写输入内容(文字、图案、线条等)。At the same time, when the information input device in the related art touches the touch screen of the terminal, the information input device enters the power-on state. However, because the information input device has a delay in starting up, the first input content written by the information input device on the touch screen of the terminal cannot be completely displayed on the touch screen, and the first input content is distorted. The method provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize non-contact booting of the information input device when the information input device is located within the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal, ensuring that the information input device is awakened before contacting the terminal, so that the information input device When in contact with the terminal, it is in the most sensitive state, so as to ensure that the information input device writes on the touch screen of the terminal and the input content can be accurately presented on the touch screen. The stylus is used as the information input device and the tablet is the terminal. When the stylus touches the touch screen of the tablet, the stylus is already awake, so as to ensure that the stylus can accurately write and input content (text, pattern, line) on the touch screen. Wait).
另外，利用信息输入设备停止或没有在终端书写输入内容时，信息输入设备逐渐远离或者保持远离终端这一特征性动作，使得信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围外时，信号接收装置无法或未检测到终端发送的第一通信信号，并向控制器发送休眠信号，使得控制器根据休眠信号控制信息输入设备处于休眠状态，进而使得信息输入设备实现智能休眠，避免相关技术中一些可自动休眠的信息输入设备停止在终端的屏幕书写内容后，需要等待一定时间，才能进入休眠状态的缺陷。并且，本申请实施例提供的方法可保证信息输入设备停止输入信号后，只要信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围外，无需等待即可立刻休眠，因此，本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备控制方法可避免相关技术中信息输入设备等待过程中的耗电问题，实现智能省电，减少信息输入设备在非书写时间的耗电量，进而延长信息输入设备的书写可用时间，提高用户使用体验。In addition, when the information input device stops or does not write input content on the terminal, the characteristic action of the information input device gradually moves away from or keeps away from the terminal, so that when the information input device is located outside the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal, the signal receiving device The first communication signal sent by the terminal cannot or is not detected, and a sleep signal is sent to the controller, so that the controller controls the information input device to be in a sleep state according to the sleep signal, thereby enabling the information input device to realize intelligent sleep, avoiding some problems in related technologies. After the information input device that is automatically dormant stops writing content on the screen of the terminal, it needs to wait for a certain period of time before it enters the dormant state. In addition, the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can ensure that after the information input device stops inputting signals, as long as the information input device is outside the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal, it can sleep immediately without waiting. Therefore, the information provided in the embodiments of the present application The input device control method can avoid the power consumption problem in the waiting process of the information input device in the related technology, realize smart power saving, reduce the power consumption of the information input device during non-writing time, and then extend the writing time of the information input device and increase the user Use experience.
下面以手写笔在平板电脑书写输入内容为应用场景，描述本申请实施例提供的方法实现手写笔无按键开机和智能省电的过程。The following uses a stylus pen to write input content on a tablet computer as an application scenario to describe the process of implementing the stylus pen keyless booting and intelligent power saving by the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
图8示出了本申请实施例以手写笔为例的信息输入设备的外观示意图。如图8所示，该手写笔300上没有开关按键，仅有指示灯L，用以指示手写笔300是否处在唤醒状态。FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of the appearance of an information input device using a stylus as an example in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, there is no switch button on the stylus 300, only the indicator light L is used to indicate whether the stylus 300 is in an awake state.
图9示出了图8所示的手写笔处在休眠状态与平板电脑相对位置示意图。图10示出了图10所示的手写笔处在唤醒状态与平板电脑相对位置示意图。图9和图10中 的虚线圈以内的区域代表平板电脑400的第一通信信号覆盖范围。图9和图10中的虚线圈以外区域代表平板电脑400的通信信号覆盖范围外，即平板电脑400的第一通信信号无法覆盖的区域。其中，平板电脑400的第一通信信号覆盖范围为3cm。FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of the relative position of the stylus shown in FIG. 8 in the dormant state and the tablet computer. FIG. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the relative position of the stylus shown in FIG. 10 in an awake state and the tablet computer. The area within the dashed circle in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 represents the first communication signal coverage area of the tablet computer 400. The area outside the dashed circle in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 represents an area outside of the communication signal coverage of the tablet computer 400, that is, an area that cannot be covered by the first communication signal of the tablet computer 400. Wherein, the first communication signal coverage of the tablet computer 400 is 3 cm.
如图9所示，若手写笔300与平板电脑400的触摸屏表面之间的最短距离等于5cm，则手写笔300处在平板电脑400的通信信号覆盖范围外，手写笔300上的指示灯L处在熄灭状态。此时手写笔300可以实现智能省电。As shown in Figure 9, if the shortest distance between the stylus 300 and the touch screen surface of the tablet 400 is equal to 5 cm, the stylus 300 is outside the communication signal coverage of the tablet 400, and the indicator light L on the stylus 300 In the off state. At this time, the stylus 300 can realize smart power saving.
如图10所示，若手写笔300与平板电脑400的触摸屏表面之间的最短距离等于2cm，则手写笔300处在平板电脑400的通信信号覆盖范围内，手写笔300上的指示灯L处在亮起状态。此时，手写笔300可以实现无按键开机。As shown in FIG. 10, if the shortest distance between the stylus 300 and the touch screen surface of the tablet 400 is equal to 2 cm, the stylus 300 is within the communication signal coverage of the tablet 400, and the indicator light L on the stylus 300 In the lit state. At this time, the stylus 300 can be turned on without a button.
需要说明的是，可以在平板电脑的边框设置用于固定手写笔的笔套，以使得用户在停止使用手写笔的时候，将手写笔插入笔套内。这种应用场景下，应当保证终端的边框具有信号屏蔽作用，以使得手写笔插入笔套的状态下，手写笔不会接收到平板电脑所发送的通信信号。It should be noted that a pen sleeve for fixing the stylus pen can be provided on the frame of the tablet computer, so that the user can insert the stylus pen into the pen sleeve when the user stops using the stylus pen. In this application scenario, it should be ensured that the frame of the terminal has a signal shielding effect, so that when the stylus is inserted into the pen sleeve, the stylus will not receive the communication signal sent by the tablet computer.
作为一种可能的实现方式，上述信号接收装置根据第一通信信号向控制器发送唤醒信号包括：信号接收装置根据第一通信信号生成唤醒信号，向控制器发送唤醒信号。As a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned signal receiving device sending the wake-up signal to the controller according to the first communication signal includes: the signal receiving device generates the wake-up signal according to the first communication signal, and sends the wake-up signal to the controller.
在实际应用过程中，当信号接收装置检测到终端发送的第一通信信号后，可以采用检波器对第一通信信号进行检波的方式生成唤醒信号，然后向控制器发送唤醒信号。检波器对第一通信信号进行检波，所获得的唤醒信号一般为高电平信号，因此，控制器应当根据高电平信号控制信息输入设备处于唤醒状态。In the actual application process, when the signal receiving device detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal, it can generate a wake-up signal by detecting the first communication signal by a wave detector, and then send the wake-up signal to the controller. The detector detects the first communication signal, and the wake-up signal obtained is generally a high-level signal. Therefore, the controller should control the information input device to be in the wake-up state according to the high-level signal.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，为了减少不必要的电量损耗，如图11所示，上述控制器根据唤醒信号控制信息输入设备进入唤醒状态之前，上述方法还包括：As another possible implementation manner, in order to reduce unnecessary power consumption, as shown in FIG. 11, before the controller controls the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal, the foregoing method further includes:
步骤1031：若信号接收装置确定第一通信信号的信号强度大于预设信号强度时，信号接收装置向控制器发送唤醒信号。例如：信号接收装置确定第一通信信号的信号强度大于预设信号强度的情况下，生成唤醒信号，然后向控制器发送唤醒信号。Step 1031: If the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength, the signal receiving device sends a wake-up signal to the controller. For example, when the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength, it generates a wake-up signal, and then sends the wake-up signal to the controller.
若信号接收装置确定第一通信信号的信号强度小于或等于预设信号强度时，那么在信号接收装置执行步骤102后，执行步骤104b前，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：If the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is less than or equal to the preset signal strength, after the signal receiving device performs step 102 and before step 104b, the method provided in this embodiment of the application further includes:
步骤1032：若信号接收装置确定第一通信信号的信号强度小于或等于预设信号强度时，向控制器发送休眠信号。例如：信号接收装置确定第一通信信号的信号强度小于或等于预设信号强度时，生成休眠信号，然后向控制器发送休眠信号。Step 1032: If the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is less than or equal to the preset signal strength, it sends a sleep signal to the controller. For example, when the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is less than or equal to the preset signal strength, it generates a sleep signal, and then sends the sleep signal to the controller.
应理解，如图11所示，执行步骤1031和步骤1032之前，上述方法还包括：步骤1030：信号接收装置判断第一通信信号的信号强度是否大于预设信号强度，以用于确定第一通信信号的信号强度是否大于预设信号强度。It should be understood that, as shown in FIG. 11, before performing step 1031 and step 1032, the above method further includes: step 1030: the signal receiving device judges whether the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength for determining the first communication signal Whether the signal strength of the signal is greater than the preset signal strength.
由上可知，本申请实施例提供的方法中，由于第一通信信号的信号强度越高，说明信息输入设备与终端参考面之间的距离越小，因此，预设信号强度实质可以作为判断信号接收装置是否可以检测到终端发送的第一通信信号的依据，或者说信息输入设备与终端参考面之间的最短距离的依据。也就是说，当第一通信信号的信号强度等于预设信号强度时，信息输入设备与终端参考面之间的最短距离为信息输入设备与终端参考面的临界距离。当信号接收装置确定第一通信信号的信号强度大于预设信号强度的情况下，信息输入设备与终端参考面之间的最短距离小于所述临界距离。当信号接 收装置确定第一通信信号的信号强度小于或等于预设信号强度的情况下，信息输入设备与终端参考面之间的最短距离大于或等于所述临界距离。为了控制信息输入设备被唤醒时，信息输入设备与终端参考面之间的最短距离，可设定预设信号强度，间接设定所述临界距离的大小。预设信号强度可以根据信息输入设备的种类和应用环境的不同设定。It can be seen from the above that, in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, since the higher the signal strength of the first communication signal, the smaller the distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane. Therefore, the preset signal strength can actually be used as a judgment signal. Whether the receiving device can detect the basis of the first communication signal sent by the terminal, or the basis of the shortest distance between the information input device and the reference plane of the terminal. That is, when the signal strength of the first communication signal is equal to the preset signal strength, the shortest distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane is the critical distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane. When the signal receiving apparatus determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength, the shortest distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane is less than the critical distance. When the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is less than or equal to the preset signal strength, the shortest distance between the information input device and the terminal reference plane is greater than or equal to the critical distance. In order to control the shortest distance between the information input device and the terminal reference surface when the information input device is awakened, the preset signal strength can be set, and the size of the critical distance can be set indirectly. The preset signal strength can be set according to the type of information input device and the different application environment.
在实际应用中，可以采用比较器或者检波器和比较器相结合的方式确定第一通信信号的电位与预设信号的电位，用以判断第一通信信号的信号强度是否大于预设信号强度。例如：检波器对第一通信信号检波，确定以电信号电位大小形成呈现的第一通信信号的信号强度，检波器将第一通信信号的信号强度传输至比较器，比较器可输出比较结果。当预设信号的电位为100mV，预设距离为3cm时，若比较器确定该电信号的电位大于100mV，则说明手写笔的笔尖到触摸屏表面的最短距离小于3cm，则比较器所输出的比较结果为高电平信号。将该高电平信号作为唤醒信号发送至控制器，使得控制器根据该高电平信号控制信息输入设备唤醒状态。若比较器确定该电信号的电位小于100mV，则说明手写笔的笔尖到触摸屏表面的最短距离大于3cm，则比较器所输出的比较结果为低电平信号。将比较器该低电平信号作为休眠信号发送至控制器，使得控制器根据该低电平信号控制信息输入设备处于休眠状态。In practical applications, a comparator or a combination of a detector and a comparator can be used to determine the potential of the first communication signal and the potential of the preset signal to determine whether the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength. For example, the detector detects the first communication signal and determines the signal strength of the first communication signal presented in the form of the electrical signal potential. The detector transmits the signal strength of the first communication signal to the comparator, and the comparator can output the comparison result. When the potential of the preset signal is 100mV and the preset distance is 3cm, if the comparator determines that the potential of the electrical signal is greater than 100mV, it means that the shortest distance from the tip of the stylus to the surface of the touch screen is less than 3cm, then the output of the comparator is compared The result is a high level signal. The high-level signal is sent to the controller as a wake-up signal, so that the controller controls the information input device wake-up state according to the high-level signal. If the comparator determines that the potential of the electrical signal is less than 100mV, it means that the shortest distance from the tip of the stylus to the surface of the touch screen is greater than 3cm, and the comparison result output by the comparator is a low-level signal. The low-level signal of the comparator is sent to the controller as a sleep signal, so that the controller controls the information input device to be in a sleep state according to the low-level signal.
在一些实施例中，为了使得信号接收装置比较容易判断预设信号强度。为了保证第一通信信号的覆盖范围尽可能小，终端所发送的第一通信信号的强度很弱，直接检测第一通信信号的信号强度会出现较大的误差，因此，信号接收装置接收第一通信信号时，应当对第一通信信号进行增压处理，以便准确检测第一通信信号的强度。增压处理一般可以使用如倍压电路等具有信号增压功能的电路实现。In some embodiments, in order to make it easier for the signal receiving device to determine the preset signal strength. In order to ensure that the coverage of the first communication signal is as small as possible, the strength of the first communication signal sent by the terminal is very weak. Direct detection of the signal strength of the first communication signal will cause a large error. Therefore, the signal receiving device receives the first communication signal. When communicating signals, the first communication signal should be pressurized to accurately detect the strength of the first communication signal. The boosting process can generally be realized by using a circuit with a signal boosting function such as a voltage doubler circuit.
作为一种可能的实现方式，当用户停止使用信息输入设备时，如果信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号的覆盖范围内，那么信息输入设备仍然处于唤醒状态，导致信息输入设备持续耗电。为了避免该问题发生。上述信息输入设备还包括与控制器通信的位置检测装置。如图12所示，上述步骤104a后，上述方法还包括：As a possible implementation manner, when the user stops using the information input device, if the information input device is within the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal, the information input device is still in an awake state, causing the information input device to continue to consume power. In order to avoid this problem. The above-mentioned information input device also includes a position detection device that communicates with the controller. As shown in FIG. 12, after the foregoing step 104a, the foregoing method further includes:
步骤105a：该信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，位置检测装置检测信息输入设备与终端的相对位置。Step 105a: After the information input device enters the awake state, the position detection device detects the relative position of the information input device and the terminal.
步骤106a：位置检测装置向控制器发送信息输入设备与终端的相对位置。Step 106a: The position detection device sends the relative position of the information input device and the terminal to the controller.
步骤107a：若信息输入设备与终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内保持不变，则控制器控制控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态。Step 107a: If the relative position of the information input device and the terminal remains unchanged within the preset duration threshold, the controller controls the information input device to enter a sleep state.
应理解，当信息输入设备处在唤醒状态，信息输入设备与终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内保持不变，说明用户此时没有使用信息输入设备。如果信息输入设备仍然保持唤醒状态，会导致信息输入设备电量损耗，因此，控制器控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态，能够进一步降低信息输入设备的电量损耗。由此可见，即使将信息输入设备放在终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围内，本申请提供的方法也能够保证信息输入设备不会长期处在唤醒状态，从而进一步降低信息输入设备的内置电池电量损耗。It should be understood that when the information input device is in the awake state, the relative position of the information input device and the terminal remains unchanged within the preset time length threshold, indicating that the user is not using the information input device at this time. If the information input device remains in the awake state, it will cause the power consumption of the information input device. Therefore, the controller controls the information input device to enter the dormant state, which can further reduce the power consumption of the information input device. It can be seen that even if the information input device is placed within the coverage of the first communication signal of the terminal, the method provided in this application can ensure that the information input device will not be awake for a long time, thereby further reducing the built-in battery power of the information input device loss.
步骤108a：若信息输入设备与终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内变化，则控制器控制信息输入设备保持唤醒状态。当信息输入设备与终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内变化，说明用户仍然使用信息输入设备在终端所具有的触摸屏书写输入内容。Step 108a: If the relative position of the information input device and the terminal changes within the preset duration threshold, the controller controls the information input device to maintain the awake state. When the relative position of the information input device and the terminal changes within the preset duration threshold, it means that the user still uses the touch screen of the information input device to write input content on the terminal.
在实际应用中，终端一般静止不动，如果控制器确定信息输入设备与终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内保持不变，说明信息输入设备保持静止状态的时间长度已经等于预设时间阈值。基于此，该位置检测装置可以为具有运动信息检测功能的传感器或组件，加速度传感器、重力传感器、陀螺仪等。In practical applications, the terminal is generally stationary. If the controller determines that the relative position of the information input device and the terminal remains unchanged within the preset time length threshold, it means that the time length for the information input device to remain stationary has equaled the preset time threshold. Based on this, the position detection device may be a sensor or component with a motion information detection function, such as an acceleration sensor, a gravity sensor, a gyroscope, and the like.
示例性的，当终端保持静止的状态时，位置检测装置检测信息输入设备的运行信息。若控制器根据该运动信息判断出信息输入设备处于静止状态的保持时长大于或等于预设时长阈值的情况下，控制信息输入设备进入休眠状态。应理解，预设时长阈值可以为时长范围，也可以为具体时长。例如预设时长阈值可以设置为2min～6min，当然也可以根据实际情况确定，预设时长阈值可保存在控制器的内置存储器或信息输入设备中其他具有存储功能的介质中。Exemplarily, when the terminal remains in a stationary state, the position detection device detects the operating information of the information input device. If the controller determines that the holding time of the information input device in a static state is greater than or equal to the preset time threshold according to the motion information, the information input device is controlled to enter the dormant state. It should be understood that the preset duration threshold may be a duration range or a specific duration. For example, the preset duration threshold can be set to 2min-6min. Of course, it can also be determined according to actual conditions. The preset duration threshold can be stored in the built-in memory of the controller or other storage function media in the information input device.
举例说明：当用户因为疏忽或其他事情的影响，将手写笔放在平板电脑所具有的触摸屏表面，此时手写笔位于平板电脑的第一通信信号覆盖范围内，使得手写笔处在唤醒状态。若预设时长阈值为3min，当手写笔在小于3min的时间段保持静止状态，那么手写笔始终处在唤醒状态。但是当手写笔保持静止状态的时长等于3min时，那么手写笔会自动进入休眠状态，这样就能够避免用户因为疏忽或其他事情，将手写笔长期放在平板电脑的触摸屏所造成的内置电池电量损耗和浪费的问题。For example: when the user puts the stylus pen on the touch screen surface of the tablet computer due to negligence or other things, the stylus pen is located within the coverage of the first communication signal of the tablet computer, making the stylus pen in an awake state. If the preset duration threshold is 3 minutes, when the stylus remains stationary for a period of less than 3 minutes, the stylus is always in the awake state. But when the stylus stays at rest for 3 minutes, the stylus will automatically enter the dormant state, so as to avoid the user's negligence or other things, the built-in battery power loss and the loss of the built-in battery caused by the long-term placement of the stylus on the touch screen of the tablet computer The problem of waste.
作为一种可能的实现方式，为了减少信号干扰对于第一通信信号的影响，当信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，如图13所示，上述步骤104a后，上述方法还包括：As a possible implementation manner, in order to reduce the influence of signal interference on the first communication signal, when the information input device enters the wake-up state, as shown in FIG. 13, after the above step 104a, the above method further includes:
步骤105b：信号接收装置对第一通信信号进行以下处理中任一种或多种：滤波处理、电位调整处理、信号放大处理、或整形处理，以降低因为信号干扰所导致的第一通信信号难以识别的可能性。应理解，滤波处理、电位调整处理、方法处理、整形处理等功能可以采用模拟电路和/或数字电路实现，也可以采用其他可实现的电子产品或软件程序实现。Step 105b: The signal receiving device performs any one or more of the following processing on the first communication signal: filtering processing, potential adjustment processing, signal amplification processing, or shaping processing, so as to reduce the difficulty of the first communication signal caused by signal interference. Possibility of identification. It should be understood that functions such as filtering processing, potential adjustment processing, method processing, and shaping processing can be implemented by analog circuits and/or digital circuits, and can also be implemented by other implementable electronic products or software programs.
在实际应用中，信号接收装置对第一通信信号进行滤波处理、信号放大处理和整形处理，使得第一通信信号的波形为方波。同时，鉴于终端所发送的第一通信信号强度不高，在信号放大处理和整形处理时，还对第一通信信号进行电位调整。例如：信号放大处理前，第一通信信号的电位为100mV，信号放大处理可以将第一通信信号的电位进行调整和放大，使得经过信号放大处理的第一通信信号的电位为信号放大处理前的4～5倍。In practical applications, the signal receiving device performs filtering processing, signal amplification processing, and shaping processing on the first communication signal, so that the waveform of the first communication signal is a square wave. At the same time, in view of the low strength of the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the first communication signal is also adjusted in potential during signal amplification and shaping processing. For example: before the signal amplification process, the potential of the first communication signal is 100mV, the signal amplification process can adjust and amplify the potential of the first communication signal, so that the potential of the first communication signal after the signal amplification process is the one before the signal amplification process 4 to 5 times.
并且，由于在信息输入设备处于唤醒状态时执行步骤105b，因此，若信号接收装置中存在执行步骤105b的硬件，该硬件所实现的方法均是信息输入设备处于唤醒状态的情况下执行，那么执行步骤105b的硬件在信息输入设备处于休眠状态时可以处在掉电状态，以降低该硬件的耗电量，进而减少信号接收装置的耗电量，使得信息输入设备的内置电池的电量损耗比较低。Moreover, since step 105b is executed when the information input device is in the awake state, if there is hardware that executes step 105b in the signal receiving device, the method implemented by the hardware is executed when the information input device is in the awake state, then execute The hardware of step 105b can be in a power-down state when the information input device is in a sleep state, so as to reduce the power consumption of the hardware, thereby reducing the power consumption of the signal receiving device, so that the power consumption of the built-in battery of the information input device is relatively low .
作为一种可能的实现方式，上述第一通信信号为抗干扰第一通信信号或经过终端抗干扰编码处理的第一通信信号。如果控制器需要识别第一通信信号内所载有的各种信息，那么当上述信息输入设备处于唤醒状态，信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号前，信号接收装置需要对第一通信信号进行解码，获得解码信息。并且，为了保证解码信息正确，还应当对解码信息进行校验。As a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first communication signal is an anti-interference first communication signal or a first communication signal processed by terminal anti-interference coding. If the controller needs to identify various information contained in the first communication signal, then when the above-mentioned information input device is in an awake state, the signal receiving device needs to respond to the first communication signal before the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller. Perform decoding to obtain decoding information. Moreover, in order to ensure that the decoded information is correct, the decoded information should also be checked.
具体的，如图13所示，当上述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态，上述步骤104a或步骤105b后，上述信息输入设备控制方法还包括：Specifically, as shown in FIG. 13, when the information input device enters the wake-up state, after step 104a or step 105b, the method for controlling the information input device further includes:
步骤106b：信号接收装置以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号。该第二时钟信号的信号频率大于第一时钟信号的信号频率。在实际应用过程中，当信号接收装置内部含有可执行解码功能的FPGA，第一解码始终信号由FPGA内的晶振生成。Step 106b: The signal receiving device uses the first clock signal as the main clock to retrieve the second clock signal. The signal frequency of the second clock signal is greater than the signal frequency of the first clock signal. In the actual application process, when the signal receiving device contains an FPGA that can perform decoding functions, the first decoding signal is always generated by the crystal oscillator in the FPGA.
步骤107b：信号接收装置以第二时钟信号作为解码时钟信号解码第一通信信号，获得解码信息。Step 107b: The signal receiving device uses the second clock signal as a decoding clock signal to decode the first communication signal to obtain decoded information.
例如：第一时钟信号的信号频率为32.768kHz，第二时钟信号的信号频率为16MHz。FPGA在解码时钟信号的下降沿对第一通信信号进行解码处理，那么当第二时钟信号的信号频率大于第一时钟信号的信号频率，则FPGA以第二时钟信号作为解码时钟信号解码第一通信信号时，FPGA的解码速度比较快。For example: the signal frequency of the first clock signal is 32.768kHz, and the signal frequency of the second clock signal is 16MHz. The FPGA decodes the first communication signal on the falling edge of the decoded clock signal, then when the signal frequency of the second clock signal is greater than the signal frequency of the first clock signal, the FPGA uses the second clock signal as the decoded clock signal to decode the first communication When signal, the decoding speed of FPGA is relatively fast.
上述信号接收装置所调取的第二时钟信号可以由FPGA的内部晶振生成，也可以由外部晶振设备或外部设备内的晶振生成。例如：上述信号接收装置以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号包括：The second clock signal called by the above-mentioned signal receiving device may be generated by the internal crystal oscillator of the FPGA, or by an external crystal oscillator device or a crystal oscillator in an external device. For example, the above-mentioned signal receiving device uses the first clock signal as the main clock to retrieve the second clock signal including:
步骤106b1：信号接收装置向控制器提供第一时钟信号。该控制器用于根据该第一时钟信号向信号接收装置发送第二时钟信号。其中，信号接收装置通过总线或中断呼叫的方式将第一时钟信号发送至控制器。Step 106b1: The signal receiving device provides the first clock signal to the controller. The controller is used for sending a second clock signal to the signal receiving device according to the first clock signal. Wherein, the signal receiving device sends the first clock signal to the controller through the bus or the way of interrupting the call.
步骤106b2：控制器根据第一时钟信号向信号接收装置提供用于解码第一通信信号的第二时钟信号。在实际应用中，控制器根据第一时钟信号生成用于解码第一通信信号的第二时钟信号，然后向信号接收装置发送第二时钟信号。并且，该控制器根据该第一时钟信号向信号接收装置发送第二时钟信号前，控制器接收信号接收装置发送的第一时钟信号。Step 106b2: The controller provides the signal receiving device with a second clock signal for decoding the first communication signal according to the first clock signal. In practical applications, the controller generates a second clock signal for decoding the first communication signal according to the first clock signal, and then sends the second clock signal to the signal receiving device. Furthermore, before the controller sends the second clock signal to the signal receiving device according to the first clock signal, the controller receives the first clock signal sent by the signal receiving device.
步骤106b3：信号接收装置接收控制器发送的第二时钟信号。Step 106b3: The signal receiving device receives the second clock signal sent by the controller.
示例性的，若信号接收装置包括FPGA，控制器为MCU用以对第一通信信号进行解码。FPGA为了调取控制器的第二时钟信号，FPGA的时钟信号接口和MCU的时钟信号接口应当相互通信。Exemplarily, if the signal receiving device includes an FPGA, the controller is an MCU for decoding the first communication signal. In order for the FPGA to retrieve the second clock signal of the controller, the clock signal interface of the FPGA and the clock signal interface of the MCU should communicate with each other.
为了保证解码信息的真实性，如图13所示，在步骤107b后，上述方法还包括：步骤108b：信号接收装置校验解码信息，以保证第一通信信号所含有的信息准确性。In order to ensure the authenticity of the decoded information, as shown in FIG. 13, after step 107b, the above method further includes: step 108b: the signal receiving device checks the decoded information to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in the first communication signal.
具体的，当上述解码信息含有编码起始头，步骤108b包括：信号接收装置对编码起始头进行校验。信号接收装置确定编码起始头校验正确的情况下，确认解码信息。信号接收装置确定解码信息校验错误的情况下，更新解码信息。Specifically, when the above-mentioned decoded information contains an encoding start header, step 108b includes: the signal receiving device checks the encoding start header. When the signal receiving device confirms that the code start header is verified correctly, it confirms the decoded information. When the signal receiving device determines that the decoded information has a check error, it updates the decoded information.
例如：当第一通信信号没有受到干扰，解码信息含有的编码起始头为00 00 00 01 68。如果经过校验，发现解码信息所含有的编码起始头为00 00 00 01 58，说明第一通信信号受到干扰发生异变，解码信息有误，需要更新解码信息。如果经过校验，发现解码信息所含有的编码起始头为00 00 00 01 68，则说明第一通信信号没有受到信号干扰，解码信息正确，无需更新解码信息。For example: when the first communication signal is not interfered, the encoding start header contained in the decoded information is 00 00 00 01 68. After verification, it is found that the encoding start header contained in the decoded information is 00 00 00 01 58, which indicates that the first communication signal is interfered and changed, and the decoded information is incorrect, and the decoded information needs to be updated. If after verification, it is found that the encoding start header contained in the decoded information is 00 00 00 01 68, it means that the first communication signal is not interfered by the signal, the decoded information is correct, and there is no need to update the decoded information.
当信号接收装置对第一通信信号进行解码，获得解码信息后，上述信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号包括：信号接收装置向控制器发送解码信息。例如：若第一通信信号以DSSS技术发送，那么其中所含有的信息实质为M序列，M序列的频率 范围为(100kHz～500kHz)。对第一通信信号进行解码后，可以确定M序列的编码起始头是否超过容错范围，若超过容错范围，则解码信息错误。需要校验下一个第一通信信号的解码信息。When the signal receiving device decodes the first communication signal and obtains the decoded information, sending the first communication signal to the controller by the signal receiving device includes: the signal receiving device sends the decoded information to the controller. For example: if the first communication signal is sent using DSSS technology, then the information contained therein is essentially an M sequence, and the frequency range of the M sequence is (100kHz ~ 500kHz). After decoding the first communication signal, it can be determined whether the encoding start header of the M sequence exceeds the error tolerance range, and if it exceeds the error tolerance range, the decoded information is wrong. The decoding information of the next first communication signal needs to be verified.
应理解，当上述信息输入设备含有FPGA时，FPGA在信息输入设备处于唤醒状态执行信息输入设备中信息处理装置执行的步骤，因此，在信息输入设备处于唤醒状态前，FPGA执行步骤106b前，FPGA可以处在掉电状态。It should be understood that when the above-mentioned information input device contains an FPGA, the FPGA executes the steps performed by the information processing device in the information input device when the information input device is in the awake state. Therefore, before the information input device is in the awake state, the FPGA executes step 106b. It can be in a power-down state.
作为一种可能的实现方式，如图14所示，当上述终端发送第一通信信号包括：步骤101a：终端周期性发送第一通信信号。信号接收装置检测终端发送的第一通信信号包括：步骤102a：信号接收装置检测终端周期性发送的第一通信信号。此时，信号接收装置检测终端发送的第一通信信号包括：信号接收装置检测终端周期性发送的第一通信信号。也就是说，信号接收装置在终端相邻两次发送第一通信信号的间隙，可以设定信号接收装置停止检测第一通信信号，以降低信息输入设备的电量损耗。基于此，上述信息输入设备还包括信号发射电路。在上述步骤104a后，如图14所示，该信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，上述方法还可以包括：As a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 14, when the foregoing terminal sends the first communication signal, it includes: Step 101a: The terminal periodically sends the first communication signal. The signal receiving apparatus detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal includes: Step 102a: The signal receiving apparatus detects the first communication signal periodically sent by the terminal. At this time, the first communication signal sent by the terminal detected by the signal receiving apparatus includes: the first communication signal sent periodically by the signal receiving apparatus detected by the terminal. That is to say, the signal receiving device may be set to stop detecting the first communication signal during the interval between two adjacent transmissions of the first communication signal by the terminal, so as to reduce the power consumption of the information input device. Based on this, the above-mentioned information input device further includes a signal transmitting circuit. After the foregoing step 104a, as shown in FIG. 14, after the information input device enters the wake-up state, the foregoing method may further include:
步骤105c：在信号接收装置停止检测终端发送的第一通信信号时，控制器控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号。此时，控制器实质以周期性的方式控制信息发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号，而不是一直向终端发送第一通信信号，这在一定程度上降低了信息输入设备发送第二通信信号的电量损耗。Step 105c: When the signal receiving device stops detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the controller controls the signal transmitting circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal. At this time, the controller essentially controls the information transmitting circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal in a periodic manner, instead of always sending the first communication signal to the terminal, which reduces the need for the information input device to send the second communication signal to a certain extent. Power loss.
另外，为了保证应当控制信号发射电路发射第二通信信号的时间间隔，以保证终端连续和流畅性，信号发射电路相邻两次发送第二通信信号的间隔时间为微秒级或毫秒级。例如：控制器每隔1.4ms向终端一次信号。此时，从观感来看，信息输入设备可以流畅的在终端所具有的触摸屏上书写输入内容。In addition, in order to ensure that the time interval at which the signal transmitting circuit transmits the second communication signal should be controlled to ensure the continuity and fluency of the terminal, the interval between two adjacent second communication signals transmitted by the signal transmitting circuit is microseconds or milliseconds. For example: the controller sends a signal to the terminal every 1.4ms. At this time, from the look and feel, the information input device can smoothly write input content on the touch screen of the terminal.
当信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，信息输入设备可以向终端发送的第二通信信号是以高频无线信号的形式发送，终端检测第二通信信号，可以确定信息输入设备在触摸屏的轨迹、姿态信息等。当然，终端还可以发送载有输入内容的一些信号，并通过信号接收装置或蓝牙等接收这些信息。例如：在信息输入设备处于唤醒状态后，终端也可以将检测到的报点信息发送给信息输入设备。该报点信息含有信息输入设备与终端所具有的触摸屏的相对位置信息。信息输入设备接收到报点信息后，可以根据报点信息判断手写笔的书写内容是否超过终端所具有的触摸屏的设定书写区域，如果超过触摸屏的设定书写区域，则信息输入设备停止向终端发送载有输入内容的信号。When the information input device enters the awake state, the second communication signal that the information input device can send to the terminal is in the form of a high-frequency wireless signal. The terminal detects the second communication signal and can determine the trajectory and posture information of the information input device on the touch screen. Wait. Of course, the terminal can also send some signals carrying input content, and receive this information through a signal receiving device or Bluetooth. For example, after the information input device is in the wake-up state, the terminal may also send the detected point information to the information input device. The report information contains the relative position information of the information input device and the touch screen of the terminal. After receiving the report information, the information input device can determine whether the writing content of the stylus exceeds the set writing area of the touch screen of the terminal according to the report information. If it exceeds the set writing area of the touch screen, the information input device stops reporting to the terminal Send a signal with input content.
作为一种可能的实现方式，相关技术中手写笔在平板电脑、手机等终端的触摸屏表面书写输入内容时，触摸屏无法显示手指或类手指物体在触摸屏所书写的输入内容，可见，相关技术中平板电脑、手机等终端所具有的触摸屏无法同时显示手写笔和手指或类手指物体在触摸屏所书写的输入内容。针对该问题，上述第一通信信号包括同步信息。该同步信息可以为上述M序列。在校验正确的情况下，说明终端与信息输入设备之间通信干扰特别低，满足通信要求。此时，控制器控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号。基于此，如图15所示，当上述终端发送第一通信信号包括：步骤101a：终端周期性发送第一通信信号。当信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，在上述步骤108b后，上述方法还包括：As a possible implementation, when the stylus in the related technology writes input content on the touch screen surface of a tablet computer, mobile phone, etc., the touch screen cannot display the input content written by a finger or a finger-like object on the touch screen. It can be seen that the related technology is a tablet The touch screens of computers, mobile phones and other terminals cannot simultaneously display the input content written by the stylus and fingers or finger-like objects on the touch screen. In response to this problem, the above-mentioned first communication signal includes synchronization information. The synchronization information may be the aforementioned M sequence. If the verification is correct, it indicates that the communication interference between the terminal and the information input device is extremely low, and the communication requirements are met. At this time, the controller controls the signal transmitting circuit to transmit the second communication signal to the terminal. Based on this, as shown in FIG. 15, when the terminal sends the first communication signal, it includes: Step 101a: The terminal periodically sends the first communication signal. After the information input device enters the awake state, after the above step 108b, the above method further includes:
步骤109：信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号。具体实现时，当信息输入设备处于唤醒状态，信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号，说明在信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号前，信号接收装置向控制器发送第一通信信号的硬件可以处在掉电状态，从而减少信号接收装置的耗电量，使得信息输入设备的内置电池的电量损耗比较低。在实际应用中，如果第一通信信号可以直接被控制器识别，那么在步骤104a后，可以直接执行步骤109。如果第一通信信号无法被控制器识别，需要解码，那么在步骤107或步骤108后，执行步骤109。Step 109: The signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller. In specific implementation, when the information input device is in the wake-up state, the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller, indicating that before the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller, the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller The hardware can be in a power-off state, thereby reducing the power consumption of the signal receiving device, so that the power consumption of the built-in battery of the information input device is relatively low. In practical applications, if the first communication signal can be directly recognized by the controller, then after step 104a, step 109 can be directly executed. If the first communication signal cannot be recognized by the controller and needs to be decoded, then after step 107 or step 108, step 109 is executed.
步骤110a：控制器根据同步信息和预设频率周期性地控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号。该第二通信信号可以为变频信号，频段在100kHz～500kHz，但也可根据实际情况设定频段。Step 110a: The controller periodically controls the signal transmitting circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency. The second communication signal may be a frequency conversion signal, and the frequency band is between 100 kHz and 500 kHz, but the frequency band can also be set according to actual conditions.
应理解，当控制器周期性信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号时，终端周期性地接收信息输入设备发送第二通信信号的时间间隙，终端处在空闲阶段，此时，终端可以接收手指或类手指物体基于触控方式发送的互容信号。基于此，上述方法还包括：It should be understood that when the controller periodic signal transmitting circuit sends the second communication signal to the terminal, the terminal periodically receives the time interval during which the information input device sends the second communication signal, and the terminal is in the idle phase. At this time, the terminal can receive the finger. Or finger-like objects based on mutual capacitance signals sent by touch. Based on this, the above method also includes:
步骤111a：终端根据同步信号和预设频率交替接收互容信号和信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。Step 111a: The terminal alternately receives the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal sent by the information input device according to the synchronization signal and the preset frequency.
当上述预设频率比较高的情况下，终端交替接收互容信号的时间长度和接收信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号的时间长度均可以维持在微秒甚至毫秒级别。也就是说，终端相邻两次接收终端手指或类手指物体所发出的互容信号的时间间隔仅为毫秒甚至微秒级。终端相邻两侧接收信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号的时间间隔仅为毫秒甚至微秒级。而对于用户来说，这种毫秒甚至微秒的差异根本无法察觉，因此，从感官上来说，用户仅能够看到信息输入设备和手指或类手指物质在同一终端所具有的触摸屏同时流畅的书写输入内容。并且，用户也无法察觉信息输入设备和手指或类手指物质所书写的输入内容交替显示。When the above-mentioned preset frequency is relatively high, the length of time for the terminal to alternately receive the mutual capacity signal and the length of time for receiving the second communication signal sent by the information input device can both be maintained at the level of microseconds or even milliseconds. In other words, the time interval for the terminal to receive the mutual capacitance signal from the terminal finger or finger-like object twice is only on the order of milliseconds or even microseconds. The time interval between the two adjacent sides of the terminal receiving the second communication signal sent by the information input device is only on the order of milliseconds or even microseconds. For the user, this difference in milliseconds or even microseconds is not noticeable at all. Therefore, from the sensory point of view, the user can only see the information input device and the finger or finger-like substance on the touch screen of the same terminal while writing smoothly. Enter the content. In addition, the user cannot perceive that the information input device and the input content written by the finger or finger-like substance are alternately displayed.
在实际应用中，终端所使用的预设频率和信息输入设备所使用的预设频率可提前通过协议约定。例如：在信息输入设备进入唤醒状态的瞬间，终端与信息输入设备通过蓝牙等方式协议，也可以是将预设频率提前存储在终端和信息输入设备内。当然，如果预设频率提前存储在终端和信息输入设备内，终端和信息输入设备一般成对出售，当然，也不排除信息输入设备作为终端的配件独自出售的可能性。In practical applications, the preset frequency used by the terminal and the preset frequency used by the information input device can be agreed in advance through an agreement. For example, at the moment when the information input device enters the awakening state, the terminal and the information input device negotiate via Bluetooth or other methods, or the preset frequency can be stored in the terminal and the information input device in advance. Of course, if the preset frequency is stored in the terminal and the information input device in advance, the terminal and the information input device are generally sold as a pair. Of course, the possibility that the information input device is sold separately as an accessory of the terminal is not ruled out.
在整个频域范围内(30Hz～250kHz)，充电器共模噪声大，会干扰到终端内部主板接地电压。此时，终端所检测的基准电容信号(或者背景电容信号)的共模噪声比较大。并且，终端所接收的互容信号和第二干扰信号也夹杂有共模噪声信号，导致终端检测互容信号和第二干扰信号的难度加大，甚至出现误判问题，进而在终端所具有的触摸屏出现“鬼手”问题。基于此，上述步骤101前，上述方法还包括：In the entire frequency domain (30Hz～250kHz), the common mode noise of the charger is large, which will interfere with the ground voltage of the internal motherboard of the terminal. At this time, the common mode noise of the reference capacitance signal (or background capacitance signal) detected by the terminal is relatively large. In addition, the mutual capacitance signal and the second interference signal received by the terminal are also mixed with common mode noise signals, which makes it more difficult for the terminal to detect the mutual capacitance signal and the second interference signal, and even misjudgment problems occur. The touch screen has a "ghost hand" problem. Based on this, before the above step 101, the above method further includes:
步骤001：终端检测到干扰信号。例如：终端可以在检测基准电容信号、互容信号、第二通信信号中的至少一个时，判断这些信号中所夹杂的噪声是否超过设定门限。当超过设定门限，就认为检测到干扰信号。Step 001: The terminal detects an interference signal. For example, when the terminal detects at least one of the reference capacitance signal, the mutual capacitance signal, and the second communication signal, it can determine whether the noise included in these signals exceeds a set threshold. When the set threshold is exceeded, it is considered that an interference signal is detected.
步骤002：终端根据干扰信号生成调频信息，根据调频信息调节预设频率。当然，还可以在终端设备内增加滤波功能的器件，以提高终端的信号滤波能力，从而降低干扰信号对互容信号和第二通信信号的干扰。Step 002: The terminal generates frequency modulation information according to the interference signal, and adjusts the preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information. Of course, a filtering device can also be added in the terminal equipment to improve the signal filtering capability of the terminal, thereby reducing the interference of the interference signal on the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal.
步骤003：终端根据调频信息和预设频率生成第一通信信号。Step 003: The terminal generates a first communication signal according to the frequency modulation information and the preset frequency.
当上述步骤109后，上述方法还包括：After the above step 109, the above method further includes:
步骤109a：根据调频信息调节预设频率。例如：调节后的预设频率可以小于原来的预设频率。此时，信息输入设备可以在较长的时间窗口内发送第一通信信号，从而提高第二通信信号的抗干扰性能。Step 109a: Adjust the preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information. For example: the adjusted preset frequency can be less than the original preset frequency. At this time, the information input device can send the first communication signal within a longer time window, thereby improving the anti-interference performance of the second communication signal.
在一些示例中，图16中示出了以手写笔为例的信息输入设备工作时序图。如图16所示，上述信息输入设备具有多个信号发送周期。每个信号发送周期为T1，T1＝1/f；f为预设频率。例如：预设频率为360Hz时，每个信号发送周期为2.78ms。每个信号发送周期包括发送时段和空闲时段。上述控制器根据同步信息和预设频率周期性地控制信息输入设备发送第二通信信号包括：In some examples, FIG. 16 shows a working sequence diagram of an information input device taking a stylus as an example. As shown in FIG. 16, the above-mentioned information input device has a plurality of signal transmission periods. Each signal transmission period is T1, T1=1/f; f is the preset frequency. For example: when the preset frequency is 360Hz, each signal transmission cycle is 2.78ms. Each signal transmission cycle includes a transmission period and an idle period. The controller periodically controlling the information input device to send the second communication signal according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency includes:
控制器在每个信号发送周期的空闲时段控制信号发射电路停止向终端发送第二通信信号。控制器在每个信号发送周期的发送时段控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号。The controller controls the signal transmission circuit to stop sending the second communication signal to the terminal during the idle period of each signal transmission period. The controller controls the signal transmission circuit to transmit the second communication signal to the terminal in the transmission period of each signal transmission period.
为了保证控制器控制信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号时，信号接收装置停止检测终端发送的第一通信信号，上述预设频率f大于f0，f0为终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率。此时，控制器调节预设频率的相位，使得在信号接收装置相邻两次检测第一通信信号的时间间隙，信号发射电路一次或多次向终端发送第二通信信号，从而避免第一通信信号和第二通信信号相互干扰的问题。例如：如图16所示，预设频率为360Hz时，终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率为60Hz。此时通过相位调整，保证信号发射电路向终端发送第二通信信号的过程中，信号接收装置停止检测第一通信信号。In order to ensure that when the controller controls the signal transmitting circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal, the signal receiving device stops detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal. The preset frequency f is greater than f0, and f0 is the sending frequency of the first communication signal sent by the terminal. At this time, the controller adjusts the phase of the preset frequency so that the signal transmitting circuit sends the second communication signal to the terminal one or more times in the time interval between the signal receiving device detecting the first communication signal twice, thereby avoiding the first communication The problem of mutual interference between the signal and the second communication signal. For example: as shown in FIG. 16, when the preset frequency is 360 Hz, the sending frequency of the first communication signal sent by the terminal is 60 Hz. At this time, the phase adjustment is used to ensure that the signal receiving device stops detecting the first communication signal while the signal transmitting circuit sends the second communication signal to the terminal.
在一些示例中，图16中示出了以平板电脑为例的终端工作时序图。如图16所示，上述终端具有多个信号接收周期，每个信号接收周期为T2，T2＝1/f，f为预设频率。例如：预设频率为360Hz时，每个信号接收周期为2.78ms。每个信号接收周期包括第一接收时段和第二接收时段。上述终端根据同步信号和预设频率交替接收互容信号和信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号包括：In some examples, FIG. 16 shows a terminal working sequence diagram taking a tablet computer as an example. As shown in FIG. 16, the above terminal has multiple signal receiving periods, each signal receiving period is T2, T2=1/f, and f is a preset frequency. For example: when the preset frequency is 360Hz, each signal receiving cycle is 2.78ms. Each signal receiving period includes a first receiving period and a second receiving period. The foregoing terminal alternately receiving the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal sent by the information input device according to the synchronization signal and the preset frequency includes:
终端在每个信号接收周期的第一接收时段接收互容信号；终端在每个信号接收周期的第二接收时段接收信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。The terminal receives the mutual capacitance signal in the first receiving period of each signal receiving period; the terminal receives the second communication signal sent by the information input device in the second receiving period of each signal receiving period.
终端可以根据实际需要设定第一接收时段的时间长度和第二接收时段的时间长度。例如：第一接收时段的时间长度等于第二接收时段的时间长度。又例如：第一接收时段的时间长度大于第二接收时段的时间长度。The terminal may set the time length of the first receiving period and the time length of the second receiving period according to actual needs. For example: the time length of the first receiving period is equal to the time length of the second receiving period. For another example: the time length of the first receiving period is greater than the time length of the second receiving period.
为了降低第一通信信号和第二通信信号或互容信号的相互干扰可能性，上述预设频率f大于f0，f0为终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率。此时，终端调节预设频率与终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率的相位，使得上述方法还包括：终端接收互容信号或者信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号时，终端停止发送所述第一通信信号，以降低互容信号或第二通信信号与第一通信信号相互干扰的可能性。例如：如图16所示，预设频率为360Hz时，终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率为60Hz。此时通过相位调整，保证终端接收互容信号和第二通信信号的过程中，信号接收装置停止检测第一通信信号。In order to reduce the possibility of mutual interference between the first communication signal and the second communication signal or the mutual capacitance signal, the aforementioned preset frequency f is greater than f0, and f0 is the sending frequency of the first communication signal sent by the terminal. At this time, the terminal adjusts the phase of the preset frequency and the sending frequency of the first communication signal sent by the terminal, so that the above method further includes: when the terminal receives the mutual capacitance signal or the second communication signal sent by the information input device, the terminal stops sending the first communication signal. A communication signal to reduce the possibility of mutual interference between the mutual capacitance signal or the second communication signal and the first communication signal. For example: as shown in FIG. 16, when the preset frequency is 360 Hz, the sending frequency of the first communication signal sent by the terminal is 60 Hz. At this time, the phase adjustment is used to ensure that the signal receiving device stops detecting the first communication signal while the terminal receives the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal.
需要说明的是，每个信号发送周期所包括的发送时段的时间长度理论上来说等于 每个信号接收周期所包括的第二接收时段时间长度。每个信号发送周期所包括的空闲时段的时间长度理论上来说，等于每个信号接收周期所包括的第一接收时段时间长度。但是，控制器也可以根据实际需要设定发送时段的时间长度和空闲时段的时间长度。例如：在一些时候，信息输入设备可以设置发送时段的时间长度可以适当大于空闲时段的时间长度，以保证信息输入设备所发送的第二通信信号尽可能被终端接收。另外，鉴于终端识别互容信号所需的时间比较长，为了保证互容信号的识别成功率，应当尽量增加第二接收时段的时间长度，减少第一接收时段的时间长度。也就是说，当第一接收时段的时间长度大于第二接收时段的时间长度时，终端对互容信号的识别成功率比较高。举例来说，当第一接收时段的时间长度与第二接收时段的时间长度的比例可以为(4～10)：1。具体可以为7：1、4：1或10：1。It should be noted that the time length of the sending period included in each signal sending period is theoretically equal to the time length of the second receiving period included in each signal receiving period. The time length of the idle period included in each signal sending period is theoretically equal to the time length of the first receiving period included in each signal receiving period. However, the controller can also set the time length of the sending period and the time length of the idle period according to actual needs. For example, in some cases, the information input device may set the time length of the sending period to be appropriately greater than the time length of the idle period, so as to ensure that the second communication signal sent by the information input device is received by the terminal as much as possible. In addition, in view of the relatively long time required for the terminal to recognize the mutual-capacity signal, in order to ensure the recognition success rate of the mutual-capacity signal, the time length of the second receiving period should be increased as much as possible, and the time length of the first receiving period should be reduced. That is to say, when the time length of the first receiving period is greater than the time length of the second receiving period, the terminal has a relatively high recognition success rate for the mutual capacitance signal. For example, when the ratio of the time length of the first receiving period to the time length of the second receiving period may be (4-10):1. Specifically, it can be 7:1, 4:1, or 10:1.
为了清楚的描述本申请方法实现信息输入设备和手指或类手指物体同时在终端的触摸屏书写输入内容的原理和过程，图17示出了一种手写笔和手指在触摸屏表面同时书写输入内容的应用场景。下面以手写笔和手指在平板电脑书写输入内容为例结合图16和图17进行描述。In order to clearly describe the principle and process of the information input device and the finger or finger-like object writing input content on the touch screen of the terminal at the same time in the method of this application, Figure 17 shows an application in which a stylus and a finger write input content on the surface of the touch screen at the same time. Scenes. The following describes the input content with a stylus pen and a finger on a tablet computer as an example in conjunction with FIG. 16 and FIG. 17.
如图16所示，平板电脑400以60Hz的发送频率发送第一通信信号Uplink。也就是说，平板电脑400每隔16.67ms发送一次第一通信信号Uplink。手写笔300以360Hz的频率周期性向平板电脑400发送第二通信信号Downlink。平板电脑400以360Hz的频率交替检测作为互容信号的第一检测信号FDS和作为第二通信信号Downlink的第二检测信号PDS。也就是说，每个信号发送周期的时间长度和每个信号接收周期的时间长度均为2.78ms。As shown in FIG. 16, the tablet computer 400 transmits the first communication signal Uplink at a transmission frequency of 60 Hz. In other words, the tablet computer 400 sends the first communication signal Uplink every 16.67 ms. The stylus 300 periodically sends the second communication signal Downlink to the tablet computer 400 at a frequency of 360 Hz. The tablet computer 400 alternately detects the first detection signal FDS as the mutual capacitance signal and the second detection signal PDS as the second communication signal Downlink at a frequency of 360 Hz. That is to say, the time length of each signal sending cycle and the time length of each signal receiving cycle are both 2.78 ms.
如图17所示，当手写笔300和手指500同时在平板电脑400的触摸屏上书写内容时，手写笔300位于平板电脑400的第一通信信号Uplink覆盖范围内。如图16所示，平板电脑400占用当前信号接收周期的第一接收时段的一部分时间发送第一通信信号Uplink，手写笔300占用当前信号发送周期的空闲时段检测到信号RX，即平板电脑发送的第一通信信号Uplink。当手写笔300被唤醒后，并在当前信号发送周期的发送时段向平板电脑400发送第二通信信号Downlink。此时，平板电脑400在当前信号接收周期的第二接收时段接收的信号PDS为手写笔300发送的第二通信信号Downlink。当平板电脑400接收手写笔300发送的第二通信信号Downlink后，平板电脑400会在下一信号接收周期发射识别手指500的互容检测信号。当手指500触摸平板电脑400的触摸屏时，互容检测信号检测到的信号FDS，即为手指500与触摸屏接触所产生的互容信号。当平板电脑400检测到信号FDS后。手写笔300又开始向平板电脑400发送第二通信信号Downlink。与此同时，平板电脑400也会接收到作为第二通信信号Downlink的信号PDS。如此反复，手写笔300周期性发送第二通信信号，平板电脑400也可以交替接收作为互容信号的FDS和作为第二通信信号Downlink的PDS。而且，由于手写笔300所具有的信号发送周期和平板电脑400所具有的信号接收周期均为2.78ms，用户无法从视觉上分辨二者所输入的内容在触摸屏上刷新的时间差异，因此，当用户同时用手写笔300和手指500在平板电脑400的触摸屏书写输入内容时，用户能够看到平板电脑400的触摸屏同时显示手写笔300和手指500书写的输入内容。As shown in FIG. 17, when the stylus 300 and the finger 500 write content on the touch screen of the tablet 400 at the same time, the stylus 300 is located within the coverage area of the first communication signal Uplink of the tablet 400. As shown in FIG. 16, the tablet 400 occupies a part of the first receiving period of the current signal receiving period to send the first communication signal Uplink, and the stylus 300 occupies the idle period of the current signal sending period to detect the signal RX, that is, the tablet sends The first communication signal Uplink. When the stylus 300 is awakened, it sends the second communication signal Downlink to the tablet computer 400 in the sending period of the current signal sending cycle. At this time, the signal PDS received by the tablet computer 400 in the second receiving period of the current signal receiving period is the second communication signal Downlink sent by the stylus 300. After the tablet computer 400 receives the second communication signal Downlink sent by the stylus 300, the tablet computer 400 transmits a mutual capacitance detection signal for identifying the finger 500 in the next signal receiving cycle. When the finger 500 touches the touch screen of the tablet computer 400, the signal FDS detected by the mutual capacitance detection signal is the mutual capacitance signal generated by the contact between the finger 500 and the touch screen. When the tablet computer 400 detects the signal FDS. The stylus 300 starts to send the second communication signal Downlink to the tablet computer 400 again. At the same time, the tablet computer 400 will also receive the signal PDS as the second communication signal Downlink. Repeatedly, the stylus 300 periodically sends the second communication signal, and the tablet computer 400 can also alternately receive the FDS as the mutual capacitance signal and the PDS as the second communication signal Downlink. Moreover, since the signal transmission period of the stylus 300 and the signal reception period of the tablet 400 are both 2.78ms, the user cannot visually distinguish the difference in the time when the content input by the two is refreshed on the touch screen. Therefore, when When the user uses the stylus 300 and the finger 500 to write input content on the touch screen of the tablet computer 400 at the same time, the user can see that the touch screen of the tablet computer 400 displays the input content written by the stylus pen 300 and the finger 500 at the same time.
以图17为例：当手写笔300和平板电脑400采用图16所示的工作时序时，手写 笔300在平板电脑400的触摸屏表面画出波浪线，同时，手指500在平板电脑400的触摸屏表面画弧线。虽然从平板电脑400的内部时序和显示方式上来说，手写笔300在平板电脑400的触摸屏上画波浪线和手指500在在平板电脑400的触摸屏上画弧线有一定的时间差异，但是用户并不能从视觉上分辨出这些差异，因此，用户能够看到手写笔300所画出的波浪线和手指500所画出的弧线同时显示在平板电脑400的触摸屏上。Take Fig. 17 as an example: when the stylus 300 and the tablet computer 400 adopt the working sequence shown in Fig. 16, the stylus pen 300 draws wavy lines on the touch screen surface of the tablet computer 400, and at the same time, the finger 500 is on the touch screen surface of the tablet computer 400 Draw an arc. Although in terms of the internal timing and display mode of the tablet 400, there is a certain time difference between the stylus 300 drawing a wavy line on the touch screen of the tablet 400 and the finger 500 drawing an arc on the touch screen of the tablet 400, but the user does not These differences cannot be distinguished visually. Therefore, the user can see that the wavy line drawn by the stylus 300 and the arc drawn by the finger 500 are displayed on the touch screen of the tablet computer 400 at the same time.
需要说明的是，为了保证手写笔300发送的第二通信信号Downlink被平板电脑400完全接收，可以设置手写笔300进入唤醒状态后，第一次向平板电脑400发送的第二通信信号Downlink的时长适当大于此时第二接收时段的时间长度。并且，由于终端识别互容信号的速度相对第二通信信号来说比较慢，因此，第一接收时段的时间长度适当大于第二接收时段的时间长度，以保证互容信号能够被完全识别。另外，为了提高互容信号和第二通信信号的抗干扰能力，预设频率可以适当调整。例如：降低预设频率，使得手写笔发射第二通信信号的时间窗口和平板电脑400接收第二通信信号比较宽。例如：如图16所示，平板电脑400的每个信号接收周期理论来说，均包括第一接收时段和第二接收时段。但是，在平板电脑400有些信号接收周期仅会检测第二通信信号，而不会检测互容信号。It should be noted that, in order to ensure that the second communication signal Downlink sent by the stylus 300 is completely received by the tablet 400, the duration of the second communication signal Downlink sent to the tablet 400 for the first time after the stylus 300 enters the wake-up state can be set Appropriately larger than the time length of the second receiving period at this time. In addition, since the terminal recognizes the mutual-capacity signal relatively slower than the second communication signal, the time length of the first receiving period is appropriately greater than the time length of the second receiving period to ensure that the mutual-capacitive signal can be fully recognized. In addition, in order to improve the anti-interference ability of the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal, the preset frequency can be adjusted appropriately. For example, the preset frequency is reduced, so that the time window for the stylus pen to transmit the second communication signal and the tablet computer 400 to receive the second communication signal are wider. For example, as shown in FIG. 16, each signal receiving period of the tablet computer 400 theoretically includes a first receiving period and a second receiving period. However, in some signal receiving periods of the tablet computer 400, only the second communication signal is detected, and the mutual capacitance signal is not detected.
应理解，为了避免非用户意愿的情况下，终端识别因为用户手部或其他部位误触触摸屏所产生的互容信号(例如：用户握住手写在触控屏上书写内容时，用户握住手写笔的手部容易与触控屏直接接触)。一般来说，使用信息输入设备的时候，如果不是用户主动利用手指或手部其他部位在触控屏书写内容，那么手部应当尽量与终端所具有的触控屏表面具有一定的间隙。It should be understood that, in order to avoid the situation where the user does not intend, the terminal recognizes the mutual capacitance signal generated by the user's hand or other parts accidentally touching the touch screen (for example: when the user holds the handwriting and writes content on the touch screen, the user holds the handwriting The hand of the pen is easily in direct contact with the touch screen). Generally speaking, when using an information input device, if the user is not actively using fingers or other parts of the hand to write content on the touch screen, then the hand should try to have a certain gap with the touch screen surface of the terminal.
作为一种可能的实现方式，为了降低信号接收装置的耗电量，如图18所示，在步骤109后，上述方法还包括：As a possible implementation, in order to reduce the power consumption of the signal receiving device, as shown in FIG. 18, after step 109, the above method further includes:
步骤110b：控制器根据第一通信信号通知信号接收装置进入低功耗模式。Step 110b: The controller notifies the signal receiving device to enter the low power consumption mode according to the first communication signal.
在实际应用中，控制器根据第一通信信号通知信号接收装置处于低功耗模式包括：控制器根据第一通信信号向信号接收装置发送功耗抑制信号。信号接收装置在功耗抑制信号的控制下进入低功耗模式。应理解，控制器根据第一通信信号生成功耗抑制信号，然后向信号接收装置发送功耗抑制信号。并且，信号接收装置在低功耗模式处于功耗抑制中。此时，电源管理装置继续向信号接收装置供电。此时信号接收装置可以是信号接收装置中一个或多个功能模块或器件处于低功耗模式，也可以是整个信号接收装置处在低功耗模式。例如：当信号接收装置包括用以实现解码的FPGA，控制器将功耗抑制信号发送至FPGA，FPGA根据功耗抑制信号开始功耗抑制。这个过程实际是控制器控制FPGA进入低功耗模式。此处低功耗模式时，FPGA应当仍然处于上电状态，并非掉电状态。此时FPGA以第一时钟信号运行。第一时钟信号为低速时钟，FPGA以第一时钟信号作为主时钟运行时耗电量比较低。In practical applications, the controller notifying the signal receiving device to be in the low power consumption mode according to the first communication signal includes: the controller sending a power consumption suppression signal to the signal receiving device according to the first communication signal. The signal receiving device enters a low power consumption mode under the control of the power consumption suppression signal. It should be understood that the controller generates a power consumption suppression signal according to the first communication signal, and then sends the power consumption suppression signal to the signal receiving device. In addition, the signal receiving device is in power consumption suppression in the low power consumption mode. At this time, the power management device continues to supply power to the signal receiving device. At this time, the signal receiving device may be that one or more functional modules or devices in the signal receiving device are in a low power consumption mode, or the entire signal receiving device may be in a low power consumption mode. For example: when the signal receiving device includes an FPGA for decoding, the controller sends a power consumption suppression signal to the FPGA, and the FPGA starts power consumption suppression according to the power consumption suppression signal. This process is actually the controller controlling the FPGA to enter a low-power mode. In the low-power mode here, the FPGA should still be in a power-on state, not a power-down state. At this time, the FPGA runs on the first clock signal. The first clock signal is a low-speed clock, and when the FPGA uses the first clock signal as the main clock, power consumption is relatively low.
步骤111b：信号接收装置判断进入低功耗状态的时长是否达到预设时长。Step 111b: The signal receiving device judges whether the duration of entering the low power consumption state reaches a preset duration.
当信号接收装置进入低功耗状态的时长达到预设时长后，信号接收装置进入高功耗模式。信号接收装置在高功耗模式解码第一通信信号。也就是说，信号接收装置应用执行上述步骤106b。After the signal receiving device enters the low power consumption state for a preset period of time, the signal receiving device enters the high power consumption mode. The signal receiving device decodes the first communication signal in the high power consumption mode. That is, the signal receiving device application executes the above step 106b.
当信号接收装置进入低功耗状态的时长没有达到预设时长后，执行步骤112。When the time period during which the signal receiving device enters the low power consumption state does not reach the preset time period, step 112 is executed.
步骤112：信号接收装置保持低功耗状态。Step 112: The signal receiving device maintains a low power consumption state.
由上述方法可以看出：信号接收装置是否进入高功耗状态由进入低功耗状态的时长是否达到预设时长决定。且在进入高功耗模式时，对第一通信信号进行解码，因此，本申请提供的方法可以保证信号接收装置在控制器的控制下，在不影响第一通信信号正常解码的情况下，交替处于高功耗模式和低功耗模式，这样就能够降低信号接收装置在不解码第一通信信号的时候的电量损耗，延长信息输入设备的实际可书写时间，提高用户使用体验。It can be seen from the above method that whether the signal receiving device enters the high power consumption state is determined by whether the time period of entering the low power consumption state reaches the preset time period. And when entering the high power consumption mode, the first communication signal is decoded. Therefore, the method provided in this application can ensure that the signal receiving device, under the control of the controller, alternately without affecting the normal decoding of the first communication signal. In the high power consumption mode and the low power consumption mode, the power consumption of the signal receiving device when the first communication signal is not decoded can be reduced, the actual writable time of the information input device can be prolonged, and the user experience can be improved.
为了进一步降低信号接收装置的耗电量，上述预设时长等于1/2f0，即终端相邻两次发送第一通信信号的时间间隔的二分之一。预设时长可以保存在信号接收装置内具有存储功能的器件中，当然也可以是以其他形式存在。例如：当上述信号接收装置包括用于解码的FPGA时，预设时长可以保存在FPGA内部的寄存器中，也可以以FPGA的主时钟形式存在。例如：FPGA在需要解码的时候，利用第二时钟信号为主时钟对第一通信信号进行解码。解码完成后，FPGA的主时钟会恢复到原来的第一时钟信号。基于此，可以设定第一时钟信号的信号频率等于终端发送第一通信信号的发送频率，使得FPGA可以根据第一时钟信号获得预设时长。In order to further reduce the power consumption of the signal receiving device, the aforementioned preset duration is equal to 1/2f0, that is, one-half of the time interval for the terminal to send the first communication signal twice. The preset duration can be stored in a device with a storage function in the signal receiving device, of course, it can also exist in other forms. For example: when the above-mentioned signal receiving device includes an FPGA for decoding, the preset duration may be stored in a register inside the FPGA, or may exist in the form of a master clock of the FPGA. For example, when the FPGA needs to be decoded, it uses the second clock signal as the main clock to decode the first communication signal. After the decoding is completed, the master clock of the FPGA will be restored to the original first clock signal. Based on this, the signal frequency of the first clock signal can be set equal to the sending frequency of the first communication signal sent by the terminal, so that the FPGA can obtain the preset duration according to the first clock signal.
由于预设时长等于终端相邻两次发送第一通信信号的时间间隔的二分之一，因此，预设时长等于终端结束当次第一通信信号发送到开始下次第一通信信号发送的时间间隔。此时，终端发送第二通信信号的发送频率与信号接收装置处在低功耗模式(或者高功耗模式)的频率相匹配，因此，本申请实施例提供的方法中，信号接收装置在控制器的控制下，可以在不影响第一通信信号正常解码的情况下，交替处于高功耗模式和低功耗模式，使得信号接收装置的电量损耗尽可能小，从而延长信息输入设备的实际可书写时间，提高用户使用体验。Since the preset duration is equal to one-half of the time interval for the terminal to send the first communication signal twice, the preset duration is equal to the time from the end of the current first communication signal transmission to the start of the next first communication signal transmission by the terminal interval. At this time, the frequency at which the terminal sends the second communication signal matches the frequency at which the signal receiving device is in the low power consumption mode (or high power consumption mode). Therefore, in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the signal receiving device is controlling Under the control of the device, the high power consumption mode and the low power consumption mode can be alternately operated without affecting the normal decoding of the first communication signal, so that the power consumption of the signal receiving device is as small as possible, thereby prolonging the actual performance of the information input device. Write time to improve user experience.
在实际应用中，当信号接收装置处于低功耗模式时，终端也停止发送第一通信信号，而终端发送第一通信信号时，信号接收装置又可以第一时间迅速恢复到高功耗模式，并在高功耗模式下解码第一通信信号，待完成解码第一通信信号后又迅速进入低功耗模式。例如：当终端发送第一通信信号的信号频率为60Hz，预设保持时长等于16.67ms。此时，信号接收装置每隔16.67ms进入一次低功耗模式，每次低功耗模式持续时间长度为8.34ms，每次高功耗模式持续时长为8.34ms。当然，也可以适当缩短低功耗模式的持续时长，延长高功耗模式持续时长，具体可根据实际情况调整，以保证信号接收装置正常执行上述步骤为准。In practical applications, when the signal receiving device is in the low power consumption mode, the terminal also stops sending the first communication signal, and when the terminal sends the first communication signal, the signal receiving device can quickly return to the high power consumption mode in the first time. And decode the first communication signal in the high power consumption mode, and quickly enter the low power consumption mode after the first communication signal is decoded. For example: when the signal frequency of the first communication signal sent by the terminal is 60 Hz, the preset holding time is equal to 16.67 ms. At this time, the signal receiving device enters the low power consumption mode every 16.67ms, the duration of each low power consumption mode is 8.34ms, and the duration of each high power consumption mode is 8.34ms. Of course, the duration of the low power consumption mode can also be appropriately shortened, and the duration of the high power consumption mode can be extended, which can be adjusted according to actual conditions to ensure that the signal receiving device normally performs the above steps.
在实际应用中，判断信号接收装置进入低功耗状态的时长是否达到预设时长可以采用以下两种方式。In practical applications, the following two methods can be used to determine whether the time period during which the signal receiving device enters the low power consumption state reaches the preset time period.
第一种方式：当信号接收装置包括用于解码第一通信信号的FPGA时，FPGA可以利用内部的计数器对功耗保持时长进行计时，以确定信号接收装置进入低功耗状态的时长或者说处于低功耗模式保持时长。The first method: When the signal receiving device includes an FPGA for decoding the first communication signal, the FPGA can use an internal counter to time the power consumption retention period to determine the duration of the signal receiving device entering a low power consumption state or in other words The duration of the low power consumption mode.
例如：当信号接收装置包括用以实现解码的FPGA，FPGA芯片可以实时判断计数器所确定的进入低功耗状态的时长是否小于预设时长。在进入低功耗状态的时长小于预设时长时，执行步骤112。在进入低功耗状态的时长等于预设时长时，跳转至步骤 106b。For example, when the signal receiving device includes an FPGA for decoding, the FPGA chip can determine in real time whether the time period for entering the low power consumption state determined by the counter is less than the preset time period. When the duration of entering the low power consumption state is less than the preset duration, step 112 is executed. When the duration of entering the low power consumption state is equal to the preset duration, skip to step 106b.
第二种方式，一些FPGA中存在具有倒计时功能的模块或倒计时器。这些倒计时器或具有倒计时功能的模块能够在电信号的激励下实现倒计时功能，并且可以通过设置倒计时器或具有倒计时功能的模块的倒计时时长等于预设保持时长。In the second way, there are modules or countdown timers with countdown functions in some FPGAs. These countdown timers or modules with countdown function can realize the countdown function under the excitation of electric signals, and the countdown duration of the countdown timer or the module with countdown function can be set to be equal to the preset holding duration.
示例性的，在FPGA接收控制器发送的功耗抑制信号时，FPGA进入低功耗模式，并且倒计时器或具有倒计时功能的模块在功耗抑制信号的激励下开始倒计时。当倒计时器或具有倒计时功能的模块达到倒计时终点时，FPGA也就从能够迅速从低功耗模式进入高功耗模式。例如：当预设保持时长为8.34ms，设定倒计时器或具有倒计时功能的模块的倒计时时长等于8.34ms。当FPGA接收到功耗抑制信号时，倒计时器或具有倒计时功能的模块从8.34ms开始倒计时。当倒计时器或具有倒计时功能的模块倒计时至0ms，说明倒计时器或具有倒计时功能的模块大道倒计时终点。Exemplarily, when the FPGA receives the power consumption suppression signal sent by the controller, the FPGA enters a low power consumption mode, and the countdown timer or a module with a countdown function starts to count down under the excitation of the power consumption suppression signal. When the countdown timer or the module with the countdown function reaches the end of the countdown, the FPGA can quickly transition from the low-power mode to the high-power mode. For example: when the preset hold duration is 8.34ms, the countdown duration of the countdown timer or module with countdown function is set to be equal to 8.34ms. When the FPGA receives the power consumption suppression signal, the countdown timer or the module with the countdown function starts counting down from 8.34ms. When the countdown timer or the module with the countdown function counts down to 0ms, it indicates the end of the countdown of the countdown timer or the module with the countdown function.
上述主要从终端与信息输入设备交互的角度对本申请实施例的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，终端与信息输入设备为了实现上述功能，其包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution of the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of the interaction between the terminal and the information input device. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, the terminal and the information input device include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例信息输入设备和终端进行功能单元的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application may divide the functional units according to the foregoing method example information input device and terminal. For example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
本申请实施例提供一种信息输入设备控制终端。该信息输入设备控制终端包括一个或多个模块，用于实现上述信息输入设备所执行的方法。该一个或者多个模块可以与上述信息输入设备所执行的方法中的各个步骤相对应。The embodiment of the present application provides an information input device control terminal. The information input device control terminal includes one or more modules for implementing the method executed by the above information input device. The one or more modules may correspond to each step in the method executed by the above-mentioned information input device.
本申请实施例提供一种信息输入设备控制终端。该信息输入设备控制终端包括一个或多个模块，用于实现上述终端所执行的方法。该一个或者多个模块可以与上述终端所执行的方法中的各个步骤相对应。The embodiment of the present application provides an information input device control terminal. The information input device control terminal includes one or more modules for implementing the method executed by the above terminal. The one or more modules may correspond to each step in the method executed by the foregoing terminal.
上面结合图5至图18，对本申请实施例的信息输入设备控制方法进行了说明，下面对本申请实施例提供的执行上述方法的信息输入设备和终端进行描述。本领域技术人员可以理解，方法和装置可以相互结合和引用，本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备可以执行上述方法中由信息输入设备或信息输入设备所包括的信号接收装置和控制器执行的步骤，本申请实施例提供的终端可以执行上述控制方法中由终端执行的步骤。The information input device control method of the embodiment of the present application is described above in conjunction with FIG. 5 to FIG. 18. The following describes the information input device and terminal provided by the embodiment of the present application that perform the foregoing method. Those skilled in the art can understand that the methods and devices can be combined and quoted with each other. The information input device provided in the embodiments of the present application can execute the steps performed by the information input device or the signal receiving device and the controller included in the information input device in the above method. The terminal provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the steps executed by the terminal in the above-mentioned control method.
图19示出了本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备的框架示意图。图19中示出的框架结构并不构成对信息输入设备的限定，信息输入设备可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。下面结合图19对信息输入设备的各个部分进行具体的介绍。FIG. 19 shows a schematic diagram of a framework of an information input device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The frame structure shown in FIG. 19 does not constitute a limitation on the information input device, and the information input device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components. The following describes each part of the information input device in detail with reference to FIG. 19.
如图19所示，本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备200包括信号接收装置210和控 制器220。控制器可以为MCU或者处理器。处理器可以为一个处理器，也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如，该处理器可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)，也可以是特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，简称ASIC)，或者是被配置成实施本发明实施例的至少一个集成电路。例如：至少一个个微处理器(digital signal processor，简称DSP)，或，至少一个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，简称FPGA)。As shown in Fig. 19, the information input device 200 provided in this embodiment of the present application includes a signal receiving device 210 and a controller 220. The controller can be an MCU or a processor. The processor may be one processor or a collective term for multiple processing elements. For example, the processor may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU for short), a specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC for short), or at least one integrated circuit configured to implement an embodiment of the present invention . For example: at least one microprocessor (digital signal processor, DSP for short), or at least one Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA for short).
当然，如图19所示，上述信息输入设备200还可以包括信号发射电路230、无线充电器250、内置电池260、位置检测装置290以及与控制器220通信的电源管理装置240。无线充电器250与内置电池260电连接，使得无线充电器250可以与充电主机通过电磁耦合的方式无线的方式向内置电池260充电。电源管理装置240分别与内置电池260和无线充电器250电连接。在内置电池260需要充电时，可利用电源管理装置240控制无线充电器260向内置电池260充电状态。同时，电源管理装置可以管理信号接收装置210、控制器220、信号发射电路230和位置检测装置290的供电。Of course, as shown in FIG. 19, the above-mentioned information input device 200 may further include a signal transmission circuit 230, a wireless charger 250, a built-in battery 260, a position detection device 290, and a power management device 240 that communicates with the controller 220. The wireless charger 250 is electrically connected to the built-in battery 260, so that the wireless charger 250 can wirelessly charge the built-in battery 260 by electromagnetic coupling with the charging host. The power management device 240 is electrically connected to the built-in battery 260 and the wireless charger 250 respectively. When the built-in battery 260 needs to be charged, the power management device 240 can be used to control the charging state of the wireless charger 260 to the built-in battery 260. At the same time, the power management device can manage the power supply of the signal receiving device 210, the controller 220, the signal transmitting circuit 230, and the position detecting device 290.
图19所示出的各个部分的连接关系仅仅代表信号关系，并未体现出电源管理装置的配电结构。图20示出了本发明实施例中电源管理装置的配电结构示意图。如图20所示，该信号接收装置210的电源接口、信号发射电路230的电源接口、位置检测装置290的电源接口和控制器220的电源接口均与电源管理装置240电连接。The connection relationship of each part shown in FIG. 19 only represents the signal relationship, and does not reflect the power distribution structure of the power management device. FIG. 20 shows a schematic diagram of a power distribution structure of a power management device in an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 20, the power interface of the signal receiving device 210, the power interface of the signal transmission circuit 230, the power interface of the position detection device 290 and the power interface of the controller 220 are all electrically connected to the power management device 240.
在一种示例中，如图19所示，上述信息输入设备200还可以包括压力传感器270以及与压力传感器270电连接的信号检测电路280。信号检测电路280可以为运放等具有检测功能的电路。信号检测电路280的数据信号接口与控制器220的数据信号接口交互连接，压力传感器270可以感测压力，信号检测电路280检测压力信号，并将其转换为电信号发送至控制器220。控制器220可以向信号检测电路280发送控制指令，控制信号检测电路280是否工作。In an example, as shown in FIG. 19, the above-mentioned information input device 200 may further include a pressure sensor 270 and a signal detection circuit 280 electrically connected to the pressure sensor 270. The signal detection circuit 280 may be a circuit with a detection function such as an operational amplifier. The data signal interface of the signal detection circuit 280 is interactively connected with the data signal interface of the controller 220. The pressure sensor 270 can sense pressure, and the signal detection circuit 280 detects the pressure signal, converts it into an electrical signal and sends it to the controller 220. The controller 220 may send a control instruction to the signal detection circuit 280 to control whether the signal detection circuit 280 works.
如图20所示，压力传感器270的电源接口和信号检测电路280的电源接口均与电源管理装置240电连接，使得电源管理装置240还可以管理压力传感器270和信号检测电路280的供电。As shown in FIG. 20, the power interface of the pressure sensor 270 and the power interface of the signal detection circuit 280 are both electrically connected to the power management device 240, so that the power management device 240 can also manage the power supply of the pressure sensor 270 and the signal detection circuit 280.
在另一种示例中，图19所示的无线充电器250可以为与内置电池电连接的充电线圈，使得充电线圈可以与终端进行电磁耦合，以在充电线圈内产生感应电流。充电线圈将感应电流送入内置电池260，为内置电池260无线充电，无需为信息输入设备200配备通用串行总线(Universal Serial Bus，缩写为USB)充电接口。图19所示的内置电池具有电池保护板(图19未示出)。内置电池可以为锂离子内置电池、铝离子内置电池等，此处不再一一列举。In another example, the wireless charger 250 shown in FIG. 19 may be a charging coil electrically connected to a built-in battery, so that the charging coil can be electromagnetically coupled with the terminal to generate an induced current in the charging coil. The charging coil sends the induced current into the built-in battery 260 to wirelessly charge the built-in battery 260, and there is no need to equip the information input device 200 with a Universal Serial Bus (USB) charging interface. The built-in battery shown in FIG. 19 has a battery protection plate (not shown in FIG. 19). The built-in battery may be a lithium-ion built-in battery, an aluminum-ion built-in battery, etc., which will not be listed here.
为了描述本申请实施例提供的信息输入设备无线充电的方式，图21示出了本申请实施例以手写笔为例的信息输入设备的结构示意图。图21中示出的硬件结构并不构成对手写笔的限定，手写笔可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。下面结合图21对手写笔的各个部分进行具体的介绍。In order to describe the wireless charging method of the information input device provided by the embodiment of the present application, FIG. 21 shows a schematic structural diagram of the information input device taking a stylus as an example in an embodiment of the present application. The hardware structure shown in FIG. 21 does not constitute a limitation on the stylus pen. The stylus pen may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components. The following describes each part of the stylus in detail with reference to FIG. 21.
如图21所示，本申请实施例提供的手写笔300包括笔体(由笔杆301、笔头302和笔帽303构成)以及位于笔体内的电路板304、内置电池305、无线充电线圈306、压力传感器1051和收发天线307。笔杆302为两端开口式结构。笔帽303设在笔杆301 的一端，笔头302设在笔杆301的另一端。为了便于组装手写笔，上述手写笔300还包括压盖3011。笔杆301上还开设有沿着笔杆轴向方向延伸方向的开口，压盖3011用于密封该开口。笔头302可以作为收发信息的端口，此时，收发天线307设在笔头302内，可通过笔头302接收信号和发送信息给终端。收发天线307包括用于接收信号的接收天线和用于发射信号的发射天线。接收天线为无线接收线圈，发射天线为无线发射线圈。应理解，当手写笔在终端所具有的触摸屏书写内容时，手写笔的笔尖因为与触摸屏接触产生较大的声音，影响手写比的使用体验。基于此，本申请实施例中可以在笔头302的笔尖包裹一层导电弹性材料(如导电橡胶)，以降低手写笔的笔尖与触摸屏接触所产生的声音，进而提升用户体验。As shown in FIG. 21, the stylus 300 provided by the embodiment of the present application includes a pen body (consisting of a pen barrel 301, a pen tip 302, and a pen cap 303), a circuit board 304 located in the pen body, a built-in battery 305, a wireless charging coil 306, and a pressure sensor. 1051 and the transceiver antenna 307. The barrel 302 has an open-ended structure. The cap 303 is provided at one end of the barrel 301, and the pen tip 302 is provided at the other end of the barrel 301. In order to facilitate the assembly of the stylus, the aforementioned stylus 300 further includes a pressing cover 3011. The penholder 301 is also provided with an opening along the axial direction of the penholder, and the pressing cover 3011 is used to seal the opening. The pen tip 302 can be used as a port for sending and receiving information. At this time, the transceiver antenna 307 is provided in the pen tip 302, and the pen tip 302 can receive signals and send information to the terminal. The transceiving antenna 307 includes a receiving antenna for receiving signals and a transmitting antenna for transmitting signals. The receiving antenna is a wireless receiving coil, and the transmitting antenna is a wireless transmitting coil. It should be understood that when the stylus pen writes content on the touch screen of the terminal, the tip of the stylus pen generates a louder sound due to contact with the touch screen, which affects the handwriting experience. Based on this, in the embodiment of the present application, a layer of conductive elastic material (such as conductive rubber) can be wrapped around the tip of the pen tip 302 to reduce the sound generated by the tip of the stylus touching the touch screen, thereby enhancing the user experience.
如图21所示，上述手写笔300还可以包括蓝牙组件，用以与外部设备通信。蓝牙组件包括蓝牙天线311以及集成在电路板304上的蓝牙模块(图21未示出)。蓝牙天线311通过蓝牙线312连接至电路板304。外部设备可以为前文所述终端，也可以为其他可实现蓝牙连接的设备。蓝牙模块在手写笔在终端所具有的触摸屏书写时可以接收终端发送的报点信息。当然，终端还可以通过蓝牙模块设定与手写笔的通信协议，以确定预设频率。As shown in FIG. 21, the aforementioned stylus 300 may also include a Bluetooth component for communicating with external devices. The Bluetooth component includes a Bluetooth antenna 311 and a Bluetooth module integrated on the circuit board 304 (not shown in FIG. 21). The Bluetooth antenna 311 is connected to the circuit board 304 through a Bluetooth cable 312. The external device can be the aforementioned terminal or other devices that can realize Bluetooth connection. The Bluetooth module can receive the report information sent by the terminal when the stylus is writing on the touch screen of the terminal. Of course, the terminal can also set the communication protocol with the stylus through the Bluetooth module to determine the preset frequency.
如图21所示，手写笔300还包括设在笔杆301内的支架309和磁性固定组件，支架用以支撑内置电池。手写笔300的工作电压范围为3.5V～4.4V，因此，内置电池360提供的电压范围为3.5V～4.4V。无线充电线圈306作为无线充电器与内置电池305电连接。压力传感器1051通过信号线连接至电路板304。压力传感器可感知笔头的笔尖所承受的压力，并将笔头的笔尖所受到的压力转换为压力电信号。手写笔300还包括设在笔杆301内的板对板连接器310，板对板连接器310用于将电路板304固定在笔杆301内。As shown in FIG. 21, the stylus 300 further includes a bracket 309 and a magnetic fixing component arranged in the penholder 301, and the bracket is used to support the built-in battery. The operating voltage range of the stylus 300 is 3.5V˜4.4V, therefore, the voltage range provided by the built-in battery 360 is 3.5V˜4.4V. The wireless charging coil 306 serves as a wireless charger and is electrically connected to the built-in battery 305. The pressure sensor 1051 is connected to the circuit board 304 through a signal line. The pressure sensor can sense the pressure on the tip of the pen tip and convert the pressure on the tip of the pen into an electrical pressure signal. The stylus 300 also includes a board-to-board connector 310 arranged in the penholder 301, and the board-to-board connector 310 is used to fix the circuit board 304 in the penholder 301.
如图21所示，上述电路板304集成有信号接收装置210、控制器220、信号发射电路230位置检测装置290和电源管理装置240等电路或芯片，以及图19所示的信号检测电路等装置或电路中的至少一部分或全部，不仅限于所列。As shown in FIG. 21, the above-mentioned circuit board 304 integrates circuits or chips such as a signal receiving device 210, a controller 220, a signal transmitting circuit 230 position detection device 290, a power management device 240, and the signal detection circuit shown in FIG. 19 Or at least a part or all of the circuit is not limited to the list.
图22出了图21所示的手写笔的充电状态示意图。如图22所示，充电主机600内具有耦合线圈和磁性固定组件。在手写笔300充电时，笔杆301内的磁性固定组件308可以与充电主机600内的磁性固定组件601吸附，使得手写笔300固定在充电主机600上，从而防止手写笔300在充电过程中从充电主机600掉落的问题发生。同时，充电主机600内的耦合线圈602与笔杆301内的无线充电线圈306通过电磁耦合的方式，使得笔杆301内的磁性固定组件308产生感应电流，进而利用无线充电线圈306为内置电池305进行充电。此处不管是手写笔300所包括的磁性固定组件308还是充电主机600的磁性固定组件602均可以为设在笔杆301内的至少一块磁铁。图21所示的笔杆301内的磁性固定组件308和充电主机600内的磁性固定组件602包括两块磁铁，但也可以是一块，或者数量大于三块的磁铁。FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of the charging state of the stylus shown in FIG. 21. As shown in FIG. 22, the charging host 600 has a coupling coil and a magnetic fixing component. When the stylus 300 is charged, the magnetic fixing component 308 in the barrel 301 can be adsorbed to the magnetic fixing component 601 in the charging host 600, so that the stylus 300 is fixed on the charging host 600, thereby preventing the stylus 300 from being charged during the charging process. The problem of host 600 falling occurs. At the same time, the coupling coil 602 in the charging host 600 and the wireless charging coil 306 in the penholder 301 are electromagnetically coupled, so that the magnetic fixing component 308 in the penholder 301 generates an induced current, and then the wireless charging coil 306 is used to charge the built-in battery 305 . Here, both the magnetic fixing component 308 included in the stylus 300 or the magnetic fixing component 602 of the charging host 600 can be at least one magnet provided in the penholder 301. The magnetic fixing assembly 308 in the penholder 301 and the magnetic fixing assembly 602 in the charging host 600 shown in FIG. 21 include two magnets, but they can also be one or more than three magnets.
图23示出了本申请实施例中信号接收装置与控制器的连接框架示意图。如图23所示，该信号接收装置210包括：信号接收电路211以及与信号接收电路211和控制器220的数据信号接口电连接的第一处理电路I。第一处理电路I的电源接口和信号接收电路211的电源接口均与图20所示的电源管理装置240电连接。FIG. 23 shows a schematic diagram of a connection frame between the signal receiving device and the controller in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 23, the signal receiving device 210 includes a signal receiving circuit 211 and a first processing circuit I electrically connected to the signal receiving circuit 211 and the data signal interface of the controller 220. The power interface of the first processing circuit 1 and the power interface of the signal receiving circuit 211 are both electrically connected to the power management device 240 shown in FIG. 20.
上述信号接收电路211用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤102。The above-mentioned signal receiving circuit 211 is used to support the information input device to execute step 102 performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above-mentioned embodiment.
上述第一处理电路I具体用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤103a和步骤103b。The above-mentioned first processing circuit I is specifically configured to support the information input device to execute step 103a and step 103b performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above-mentioned embodiment.
上述控制器220用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由控制器执行的步骤104a和步骤104b。The above-mentioned controller 220 is used to support the information input device to execute steps 104a and 104b executed by the controller in the above-mentioned embodiment.
作为一种可能的实现方式，上述控制器具体用于根据唤醒信号生成供电控制信号，向电源管理装置发送供电控制信号。该电源管理装置用于接收控制器发送的供电控制信号，根据供电控制信号控制内置电池为信息输入设备供电。As a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned controller is specifically configured to generate a power supply control signal according to the wake-up signal, and send the power supply control signal to the power management device. The power management device is used to receive the power supply control signal sent by the controller, and control the built-in battery to supply power to the information input device according to the power supply control signal.
上述控制器具体用于根据休眠信号生成断电控制信号，向电源管理装置发送断电控制信号。该电源管理装置用于接收控制器发送的断电控制信号，根据断电控制信号控制内置电池停止为信息输入设备供电。The above-mentioned controller is specifically configured to generate a power-off control signal according to the sleep signal, and send the power-off control signal to the power management device. The power management device is used to receive the power-off control signal sent by the controller, and control the built-in battery to stop supplying power to the information input device according to the power-off control signal.
作为一种可能的实现方式，上述第一处理电路的结构多种多样，可以采用软件程序实现，也可以采用模拟电路实现。As a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first processing circuit has various structures, which can be implemented by software programs or by analog circuits.
第一种示例中，图24为本申请实施例中信号接收电路、第一处理电路和控制器的一种连接框架示意图。如图24所示，第一处理电路I包括检波器DT。该检波器DT的信号输入端与信号接收电路211电连接。检波器DT的信号输出端与控制器220的数据信号接口电连接。检波器用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤103a和步骤103b。检波器可以为检波电路或其他具有检波功能的模块和器件。In the first example, FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a connection framework of the signal receiving circuit, the first processing circuit, and the controller in an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 24, the first processing circuit I includes a detector DT. The signal input end of the wave detector DT is electrically connected to the signal receiving circuit 211. The signal output terminal of the detector DT is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller 220. The detector is used to support the information input device to perform step 103a and step 103b performed by the signal receiving device in the foregoing embodiment. The detector can be a detector circuit or other modules and devices with a detector function.
第二种示例中，图25为本申请实施例中信号接收电路、第一处理电路和控制器的另一种连接框架示意图。如图25所示，第一处理电路I包括：用于接收预设信号的比较器CP。比较器CP的信号输入端与信号接收电路211的信号输出端电连接。比较器CP的信号输出端与控制器220的数据信号接口电连接。比较器CP的电源接口的电源接口接有电源。In the second example, FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of another connection frame of the signal receiving circuit, the first processing circuit, and the controller in the embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 25, the first processing circuit I includes: a comparator CP for receiving a preset signal. The signal input terminal of the comparator CP is electrically connected to the signal output terminal of the signal receiving circuit 211. The signal output terminal of the comparator CP is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller 220. The power interface of the power interface of the comparator CP is connected with a power source.
上述比较器用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤103a和103b。The above-mentioned comparator is used to support the information input device to perform steps 103a and 103b performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above-mentioned embodiment.
上述比较器还用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤1030、步骤1031和步骤1032。应理解，比较器CP含有正相输入端和反相输入端。比较器CP的正相输入端与信号接收电路211的信号输出端电连接，预设信号端口YD与比较器CP的反相输入端电连接。The above-mentioned comparator is also used to support the information input device to perform step 1030, step 1031, and step 1032 performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above-mentioned embodiment. It should be understood that the comparator CP has a non-inverting input terminal and an inverting input terminal. The non-inverting input terminal of the comparator CP is electrically connected to the signal output terminal of the signal receiving circuit 211, and the preset signal port YD is electrically connected to the inverting input terminal of the comparator CP.
示例性的，如图25所示，上述第一处理电路I还包括检波器DT，检波器DT的信号输入端与信号接收电路211电连接。检波器DT的信号输出端与比较器CP的信号输入端电连接，检波器DT用于支持信息输入设备执行信号接收电路所接收的第一通信信号进行检波，确定第一通信信号的信号强度。此时，检波器DT配合比较器CP使用，检波器DT将检测出的第一通信信号的电位提供给比较器CP。比较器CP可以判断第一通信信号的电位是否小于预设信号电位。此处第一通信信号的电位可以表示第一通信信号的强度，预设信号的电位可以表示第一通信信号的强度。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 25, the above-mentioned first processing circuit I further includes a wave detector DT, and the signal input end of the wave detector DT is electrically connected to the signal receiving circuit 211. The signal output end of the wave detector DT is electrically connected to the signal input end of the comparator CP. The wave detector DT is used to support the information input device to perform detection of the first communication signal received by the signal receiving circuit to determine the signal strength of the first communication signal. At this time, the detector DT is used in conjunction with the comparator CP, and the detector DT provides the detected potential of the first communication signal to the comparator CP. The comparator CP can determine whether the potential of the first communication signal is less than the preset signal potential. Here, the potential of the first communication signal may indicate the strength of the first communication signal, and the potential of the preset signal may indicate the strength of the first communication signal.
由上可见，如图24和图25所示，第一处理电路I在两种示例中均可以包括滤波器DT，可以认为第二种示例的第一处理电路是在第一种示例的第一处理电路的基础上，在检波器DT与控制器220之间增加比较器CP。It can be seen from the above that, as shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, the first processing circuit I can include a filter DT in both examples. It can be considered that the first processing circuit in the second example is the first processing circuit in the first example. Based on the processing circuit, a comparator CP is added between the detector DT and the controller 220.
作为一种可能的实现方式，如图24和图25所示，上述信号接收电路211包括：接收天线RX以及与接收天线耦接RX的第一倍压子电路DVC1。该第一倍压子电路DVC1的信号输出端与第一处理电路I的信号输入端电连接。当第一处理电路I包括滤波器DT时，第一倍压子电路DVC1的信号输出端与滤波器DT的信号输入端电连接。利用第一倍压子电路DVC1对接收天线RX所接收的第一通信信号进行升压处理，可以减少检波器DT的检波准确性，使得比较器CP判断第一通信信号的信号强度与预设信号强度的大小关系时，判断结果更为准确。应理解，如图23所示，为了保证信息输入设备可以随时唤醒或休眠，信号接收电路211、第一处理电路I和控制器220均应当始终处于上电状态。需要说明的是，当手写笔内的信号接收电路所包括的接收天线和发射天线组成前文所示的收发天线，并设在笔头内，使得向终端发送第二通信信号和信号接收装置210接收终端发送的第一通信信号同步进行时，容易产生干扰，因此，本申请实施例控制器控制向终端发送第二通信信号时，和信号接收装置210停止检测第一通信信号，以降低第一通信信号和向终端发送的第二通信信号之间的彼此干扰。As a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 24 and FIG. 25, the above-mentioned signal receiving circuit 211 includes: a receiving antenna RX and a first voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC1 coupled to the receiving antenna RX. The signal output terminal of the first voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC1 is electrically connected to the signal input terminal of the first processing circuit 1. When the first processing circuit I includes a filter DT, the signal output terminal of the first voltage multiplying sub-circuit DVC1 is electrically connected to the signal input terminal of the filter DT. Using the first voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC1 to boost the first communication signal received by the receiving antenna RX can reduce the detection accuracy of the detector DT, so that the comparator CP can determine the signal strength of the first communication signal and the preset signal When the intensity is related, the judgment result is more accurate. It should be understood that, as shown in FIG. 23, in order to ensure that the information input device can wake up or sleep at any time, the signal receiving circuit 211, the first processing circuit 1 and the controller 220 should always be in a power-on state. It should be noted that when the receiving antenna and the transmitting antenna included in the signal receiving circuit in the stylus pen constitute the transmitting and receiving antenna shown above, and are arranged in the pen head, the second communication signal is sent to the terminal and the signal receiving device 210 receives the terminal. When the transmitted first communication signal is synchronized, interference is likely to occur. Therefore, when the controller in the embodiment of the present application controls to send the second communication signal to the terminal, the signal receiving device 210 stops detecting the first communication signal, so as to reduce the first communication signal. And the second communication signal sent to the terminal interfere with each other.
作为一种可能的实现方式，当图19所示的位置检测装置290还用于执行上述实施例中步骤105a和步骤106a。图23所示的控制器220还用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由控制器执行的步骤107a和步骤108a。As a possible implementation manner, when the position detection device 290 shown in FIG. 19 is also used to perform step 105a and step 106a in the foregoing embodiment. The controller 220 shown in FIG. 23 is also used to support the information input device to execute steps 107a and 108a executed by the controller in the above-mentioned embodiment.
作为一种可能的实现方式，如图23所示，上述信号接收装置210还包括：与信号接收电路211的信号输出端电连接的处理器212。处理器212的电源接口与图20所示的电源管理装置240电连接。处理器212可以为一个处理器，也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如，该处理器212和前文控制器220可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)，也可以是特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，简称ASIC)，或者是被配置成实施本发明实施例的至少一个集成电路。例如：至少一个个微处理器(digital signal processor，简称DSP)，或，至少一个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，简称FPGA)。As a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 23, the above-mentioned signal receiving device 210 further includes: a processor 212 electrically connected to the signal output terminal of the signal receiving circuit 211. The power interface of the processor 212 is electrically connected to the power management device 240 shown in FIG. 20. The processor 212 may be one processor, or may be a collective name for multiple processing elements. For example, the processor 212 and the aforementioned controller 220 may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU for short), or may be a specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC for short), or configured to implement the implementation of the present invention. Example of at least one integrated circuit. For example: at least one microprocessor (digital signal processor, DSP for short), or at least one Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA for short).
在一种示例中，如图23所示，上述处理器212的数据信号接口与控制器220的数据信号接口交互连接。该处理器212还用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤106b～步骤108b。In an example, as shown in FIG. 23, the data signal interface of the processor 212 is interactively connected with the data signal interface of the controller 220. The processor 212 is further configured to support the information input device to execute steps 106b to 108b performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above-mentioned embodiment.
示例性的，上述处理器212具体用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤106b1和步骤106b3。上述控制器220还用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由控制器执行的步骤106b2。Exemplarily, the foregoing processor 212 is specifically configured to support the information input device to execute step 106b1 and step 106b3 performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the foregoing embodiment. The above-mentioned controller 220 is also used to support the information input device to execute step 106b2 executed by the controller in the above-mentioned embodiment.
在另一种示例中，上述信号接收电路211用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤102a。In another example, the above-mentioned signal receiving circuit 211 is used to support the information input device to perform step 102a performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above-mentioned embodiment.
上述控制器220还用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由控制器执行的步骤105c。The above-mentioned controller 220 is also used to support the information input device to execute step 105c executed by the controller in the above-mentioned embodiment.
在又一种示例中，上述信号接收电路211用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤102a。上述处理器212还用于支持信息输入设备执行上 述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤109。上述控制器220还用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由控制器执行的步骤110a。In another example, the above-mentioned signal receiving circuit 211 is used to support the information input device to execute step 102a performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above-mentioned embodiment. The above-mentioned processor 212 is also used to support the information input device to execute step 109 performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above-mentioned embodiment. The above-mentioned controller 220 is also used to support the information input device to execute step 110a executed by the controller in the above-mentioned embodiment.
示例性的，上述控制器220还用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由控制器执行的步骤109a。Exemplarily, the above-mentioned controller 220 is further configured to support the information input device to execute step 109a executed by the controller in the above-mentioned embodiment.
在再一种示例中，上述控制器220还用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由控制器执行的步骤110b，上述处理器212还用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤111b和步骤112。由于处理器在信息输入设备处在唤醒状态执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤106b～步骤108b和步骤109，因此，当信息输入设备处在休眠状态时，处理器可以处在掉电状态。In another example, the above-mentioned controller 220 is also used to support the information input device to perform step 110b performed by the controller in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the above-mentioned processor 212 is also used to support the information input device to perform the signal-received step in the above-mentioned embodiment. Step 111b and step 112 performed by the device. Since the processor executes steps 106b to 108b and step 109 performed by the signal receiving device in the above embodiment when the information input device is in the awake state, when the information input device is in the dormant state, the processor can be powered off status.
当处理器用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤111b时，处理器可以根据步骤111b的判断结构自动保持低功耗状态跳转至高功耗状态。当处理器212自动的从低功耗模式跳转至高功耗模式，处理器用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤106b～步骤108b以及步骤109。When the processor is used to support the information input device to execute step 111b performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above embodiment, the processor can automatically maintain the low power consumption state and jump to the high power consumption state according to the judgment structure of step 111b. When the processor 212 automatically jumps from the low power consumption mode to the high power consumption mode, the processor is used to support the information input device to execute steps 106b to 108b and step 109 performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实现方式，如图23所示，上述信号接收装置210还包括：第二处理电路II，用于支持信息输入设备执行上述实施例中由信号接收装置执行的步骤105b。第二处理电路II所执行的方法可以采用软件程序实现，也可以采用模拟电路实现。第二处理电路I可以为可编程集成电路，也可以为模拟电路。As a possible implementation, as shown in FIG. 23, the above-mentioned signal receiving apparatus 210 further includes: a second processing circuit II, configured to support the information input device to execute step 105b performed by the signal receiving apparatus in the above-mentioned embodiment. The method executed by the second processing circuit II can be implemented by a software program, or can be implemented by an analog circuit. The second processing circuit I can be a programmable integrated circuit or an analog circuit.
作为一种可能的实现方式，图26为本申请实施例中信号接收装置与控制器的电路连接示意图。其中，如图26所示，信号接收装置包括信号接收电路211、第一处理电路I、第二处理电路II和作为图23所示的处理器212的FPGA。图23所示的控制器220为MCU。As a possible implementation manner, FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of the circuit connection between the signal receiving device and the controller in an embodiment of the application. Among them, as shown in FIG. 26, the signal receiving device includes a signal receiving circuit 211, a first processing circuit I, a second processing circuit II, and an FPGA as the processor 212 shown in FIG. 23. The controller 220 shown in FIG. 23 is an MCU.
如图26所示，信号接收电路211包括第一倍压子电路DVC1和接收天线RX。第一处理电路I包括检波器DT和比较器CP。第一倍压子电路DVC1为二倍压电路。第一倍压子电路DVC1其包括第一电容C11、第二电容C12、第一二极管D11以及第二二极管D12。第一二极管D11的阳极和第二电容C12均与公共接地端连接。第一电容C11的第一极板与接收天线RX耦接，第一电容C11的第二极板分别与第一二极管D11的阴极和第二二极管D12的阳极连接，第二二极管D12的阴极分别与检波器DT的信号输入端和第二电容C12连接。上述比较器CP的正相信号输入端与检波器DT的信号输出端连接，上述比较器CP的反相输入端与预设信号端口YD连接，比较器CP的信号输出端与MCU连接。As shown in FIG. 26, the signal receiving circuit 211 includes a first voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC1 and a receiving antenna RX. The first processing circuit I includes a detector DT and a comparator CP. The first voltage doubling sub-circuit DVC1 is a double voltage circuit. The first voltage doubling sub-circuit DVC1 includes a first capacitor C11, a second capacitor C12, a first diode D11, and a second diode D12. The anode of the first diode D11 and the second capacitor C12 are both connected to the common ground terminal. The first plate of the first capacitor C11 is coupled to the receiving antenna RX, and the second plate of the first capacitor C11 is connected to the cathode of the first diode D11 and the anode of the second diode D12, respectively. The cathode of the tube D12 is respectively connected to the signal input terminal of the detector DT and the second capacitor C12. The positive phase signal input terminal of the comparator CP is connected to the signal output terminal of the detector DT, the negative phase input terminal of the comparator CP is connected to the preset signal port YD, and the signal output terminal of the comparator CP is connected to the MCU.
如图26所示，在实际应用过程中，当信息输入设备位于终端的第一通信信号覆盖范围时，接收天线RX可以接收终端以电磁波形式辐射的第一通信信号，并将其转换为电信号，利用第一电容C11、第二电容C12、第一二极管D11和第二二极管D12所构成的二倍压电路增压整流，使得第一通信信号转变为高电压小电流的电信号。然后利用图26所示的检波器DT和比较器CP判断第一通信信号的电位是否大于预设信号电位(即第一通信信号强度是否大于预设信号强度)。当第一通信信号的电位大于预设信号的电位，则比较器CP输出高电平信号作为唤醒信号，并将高电平信号发送给MCU。当第一通信信号的电位小于或等于预设信号的电位，则比较器CP输出低电平信号作为休眠信号，并将休眠信号发送给MCU。As shown in FIG. 26, in the actual application process, when the information input device is located in the coverage area of the first communication signal of the terminal, the receiving antenna RX can receive the first communication signal radiated by the terminal in the form of electromagnetic waves and convert it into an electric signal , The use of the first capacitor C11, the second capacitor C12, the first diode D11 and the second diode D12 constituted by the double voltage circuit boost rectification, so that the first communication signal into a high voltage and small current electrical signal . Then, the detector DT and the comparator CP shown in FIG. 26 are used to determine whether the potential of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal potential (that is, whether the strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength). When the potential of the first communication signal is greater than the potential of the preset signal, the comparator CP outputs a high-level signal as a wake-up signal, and sends the high-level signal to the MCU. When the potential of the first communication signal is less than or equal to the potential of the preset signal, the comparator CP outputs a low-level signal as a sleep signal, and sends the sleep signal to the MCU.
如图26所示，第二处理电路II包括：滤波子电路FDU、信号放大子电路SEU、整形子电路SPU以及提供基准电位的电位转换子电路PCU。该滤波子电路FDU的信号输入端与信号接收电路211电连接。信号放大子电路SEU的信号输入端分别与滤波子电路FDU的信号输出端和电位转换子电路PCU的信号输出端电连接。整形子电路SPU的信号输入端分别与信号放大电路SEU的信号输出端和电位转换子电路PCU的信号输出端电连接。整形子电路SPU的信号输出端与处理器212的数据信号接口电连接。信号放大子电路SEU用于对第一通信信号进行信号放大处理和电位调节。整形子电路SPU用于对第一通信信号进行整形。应理解，当信号接收电路211包括第一倍压电路DVC1和接收天线RX时，第一倍压电路DVC1信号输出端与滤波子电路FDU的信号输入端电连接。As shown in FIG. 26, the second processing circuit II includes: a filter sub-circuit FDU, a signal amplifying sub-circuit SEU, a shaping sub-circuit SPU, and a potential conversion sub-circuit PCU that provides a reference potential. The signal input end of the filter sub-circuit FDU is electrically connected to the signal receiving circuit 211. The signal input end of the signal amplifying sub-circuit SEU is electrically connected to the signal output end of the filtering sub-circuit FDU and the signal output end of the potential conversion sub-circuit PCU, respectively. The signal input end of the shaping sub-circuit SPU is electrically connected to the signal output end of the signal amplifying circuit SEU and the signal output end of the potential conversion sub-circuit PCU, respectively. The signal output end of the shaping sub-circuit SPU is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the processor 212. The signal amplifying sub-circuit SEU is used to perform signal amplifying processing and potential adjustment on the first communication signal. The shaping sub-circuit SPU is used to shape the first communication signal. It should be understood that when the signal receiving circuit 211 includes the first voltage doubler circuit DVC1 and the receiving antenna RX, the signal output end of the first voltage doubler circuit DVC1 is electrically connected to the signal input end of the filter sub-circuit FDU.
具体的，上述滤波子电路FDU为RL高通滤波器，其包括第三电容C13和第一电阻R11。上述信号放大子电路SEU包括第一运算放大器U1、第二电阻R12、第三电阻R13和第四电阻R24。上述整形子电路SPU为方波发生器，其包括第二运算放大器U2、第五电阻R15、第六电阻R16和第七电阻R17。上述电位转换子电路PCU为电平转换器U0。电平转换器U0可输出1.25V的基准电压，当然也可以根据所需调整的电位大小调整基准电压大小。Specifically, the aforementioned filter sub-circuit FDU is an RL high-pass filter, which includes a third capacitor C13 and a first resistor R11. The aforementioned signal amplifying sub-circuit SEU includes a first operational amplifier U1, a second resistor R12, a third resistor R13, and a fourth resistor R24. The above-mentioned shaping sub-circuit SPU is a square wave generator, which includes a second operational amplifier U2, a fifth resistor R15, a sixth resistor R16, and a seventh resistor R17. The above-mentioned potential conversion sub-circuit PCU is a level converter U0. The level converter U0 can output a reference voltage of 1.25V. Of course, the reference voltage can also be adjusted according to the size of the potential to be adjusted.
如图26所示，上述第一运算放大器U1的正电源接口(即第一运算放大器U1的VCC引脚)和第二运算放大器U2的正电源接口(即第二运算放大器U2的VCC引脚)均接电源，第一运算放大器U1的负电源接口和负运算放大器的第二电源接口均与公共接地端电连接。可见，第一运算放大器U1和第二运算放大器U2均为单电源运算放大器。上述电平转换器U0的GND引脚与公共接地端连接。电平转换器U0的VCC引脚连接电源。As shown in Figure 26, the positive power interface of the first operational amplifier U1 (that is, the VCC pin of the first operational amplifier U1) and the positive power interface of the second operational amplifier U2 (that is, the VCC pin of the second operational amplifier U2) Both are connected to the power supply, and the negative power interface of the first operational amplifier U1 and the second power interface of the negative operational amplifier are both electrically connected to the common ground terminal. It can be seen that the first operational amplifier U1 and the second operational amplifier U2 are both single-supply operational amplifiers. The GND pin of the level converter U0 is connected to the common ground terminal. The VCC pin of the level shifter U0 is connected to the power supply.
如图26所示，上述第三电容C13的第一极板与第一电容C11的第一极板连接，第三电容C13的第二极板分别与第一运算放大器U1的正相信号输入端和第一电阻R11的第一接线端连接，第一电阻R11的第二接线端通过第二电阻R12与第一运算放大器U1的反相信号输入端连接。第一运算放大器U1的信号输出端通过第三电阻R13与第一运算放大器U1的反相信号输入端形成负反馈。第一运算放大器U1的信号输出端还通过第四电阻R24与第三电容C13的第一极板电连接，使得第一运算放大器U1的信号输出端间接的与第一运算放大器U1的正相输入端电连接，构成正反馈。上述电平转换器U0的OUT引脚通过第五电阻R15与第二运算放大器U2的正相信号输入端连接，上述第一电阻R11的第二接线端通过第五电阻R15与第二运算放大器U2的正相信号输入端连接，第一运算放大器U1的信号输出端通过第六电阻R16与第二运算放大器U2的反相信号输入端连接，第二运算放大器U2的信号输出端通过第七电阻R17与第二运算放大器U2的形成正反馈。由此可见，第二运算放大器U2、第五电阻R15、第六电阻R16和第七电阻R17构成一个典型的方波发生器，其与滞回比较器原理相似。第二运算放大器U2在其中起到比较器的作用，只是其具有两个比较阈值，可用于形成方波信号。As shown in FIG. 26, the first plate of the third capacitor C13 is connected to the first plate of the first capacitor C11, and the second plate of the third capacitor C13 is respectively connected to the positive phase signal input terminal of the first operational amplifier U1. It is connected to the first terminal of the first resistor R11, and the second terminal of the first resistor R11 is connected to the inverted signal input terminal of the first operational amplifier U1 through the second resistor R12. The signal output terminal of the first operational amplifier U1 forms a negative feedback through the third resistor R13 and the inverted signal input terminal of the first operational amplifier U1. The signal output terminal of the first operational amplifier U1 is also electrically connected to the first plate of the third capacitor C13 through the fourth resistor R24, so that the signal output terminal of the first operational amplifier U1 is indirectly connected to the positive phase input of the first operational amplifier U1 The terminals are electrically connected to form positive feedback. The OUT pin of the level converter U0 is connected to the positive phase signal input terminal of the second operational amplifier U2 through the fifth resistor R15, and the second terminal of the first resistor R11 is connected to the second operational amplifier U2 through the fifth resistor R15. The signal output terminal of the first operational amplifier U1 is connected to the inverted signal input terminal of the second operational amplifier U2 through the sixth resistor R16, and the signal output terminal of the second operational amplifier U2 is connected through the seventh resistor R17 Form positive feedback with the second operational amplifier U2. It can be seen that the second operational amplifier U2, the fifth resistor R15, the sixth resistor R16, and the seventh resistor R17 constitute a typical square wave generator, which is similar in principle to the hysteresis comparator. The second operational amplifier U2 functions as a comparator, except that it has two comparison thresholds and can be used to form a square wave signal.
第一通信信号经过第一倍压子电路DVC1中的第一电容C11处理后，通过RL高通滤波器中的第三电容C13，然后有一部分进入第一运算放大器U1的正相信号接口， 另外一部分则经过第一电阻R11，最终实现高通滤波，使得高频信号可以通过第二电阻R12被提供至第一运算放大器U1的反相信号输入端。并且，第一运算放大器U1同时存在正反馈和负反馈，可提高第一运算放大器U1的正相输入端电阻，以增大输入电压，这是一种典型的自举电路，其可以有效避免因为第一电阻R11的存在，所导致的第一运算放单器的输入电压降低的问题，使得第一通信信号能够比较容易的被放大，从而保证第一运算放大器U1有效放大第一通信信号。另外，电平转换器U0的OUT引脚经第二电阻R12与第一运算放大器U1的反相信号输入端连接，而第一通信信号中的高频信号也通过第二电阻R12被提供至第一运算放大器U1的反相信号输入端，因此，电平转换器U0的OUT引脚所输出的电压可以调节被高通滤波的第一通信信号的电位，进而使得第一通信信号的电位被调整的同时，被第一运算放大器U1放大，获得放大信号。第二运算放大器U2以电平转换器U0所提供的基准电压为参考，对放大信号进行处理，可以获得波形为方波的第一通信信号。应理解，方波电位由第二运算放大器U2的VCC引脚所接入的电压大小有关。After the first communication signal is processed by the first capacitor C11 in the first voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC1, it passes through the third capacitor C13 in the RL high-pass filter, and then part of it enters the positive phase signal interface of the first operational amplifier U1, and the other part After the first resistor R11, high-pass filtering is finally realized, so that the high-frequency signal can be provided to the inverted signal input terminal of the first operational amplifier U1 through the second resistor R12. In addition, the first operational amplifier U1 has both positive feedback and negative feedback, which can increase the resistance of the positive input terminal of the first operational amplifier U1 to increase the input voltage. This is a typical bootstrap circuit, which can effectively avoid The existence of the first resistor R11 causes the problem of a decrease in the input voltage of the first operational amplifier, so that the first communication signal can be amplified relatively easily, thereby ensuring that the first operational amplifier U1 effectively amplifies the first communication signal. In addition, the OUT pin of the level shifter U0 is connected to the inverted signal input terminal of the first operational amplifier U1 through the second resistor R12, and the high-frequency signal in the first communication signal is also provided to the first communication signal through the second resistor R12. An inverted signal input terminal of an operational amplifier U1. Therefore, the voltage output by the OUT pin of the level shifter U0 can adjust the potential of the first communication signal that is high-pass filtered, so that the potential of the first communication signal is adjusted. At the same time, it is amplified by the first operational amplifier U1 to obtain an amplified signal. The second operational amplifier U2 uses the reference voltage provided by the level converter U0 as a reference to process the amplified signal to obtain the first communication signal whose waveform is a square wave. It should be understood that the square wave potential is related to the magnitude of the voltage connected to the VCC pin of the second operational amplifier U2.
如图26所示，上述第二运算放大器U2的信号输出端所输出的第一通信信号送入FPGA后，FPGA对第一通信信号进行解码，并进行校验，校正正确的情况下，FPGA将解码后的第一通信信号送入MCU中。当第一通信信号含有同步信息时，MCU就能够根据同步信息和预设频率控制信号发射电路230向终端发送第二通信信号。As shown in Figure 26, after the first communication signal output by the signal output terminal of the second operational amplifier U2 is sent to the FPGA, the FPGA decodes the first communication signal and performs verification. If the correction is correct, the FPGA will The decoded first communication signal is sent to the MCU. When the first communication signal contains synchronization information, the MCU can control the signal transmitting circuit 230 to send the second communication signal to the terminal according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency.
作为一种可能的实现方式，图27示出了本申请实施例中信号发射电路的电路示意图。如图27所示，该信号发射电路230包括第二倍压子电路DVC2、升压斩波子电路Boost、推挽子电路PPC和发射天线TX。该升压斩波子电路Boost的控制端与控制器的数据信号接口电连接，升压斩波子电路Boost的控制端与控制器的数据信号接口电连接，使得控制器可以控制升压斩波子电路Boost的充放电过程。第二倍压子电路DVC2用于控制升压斩波子电路Boost的信号输出端电压，使得升压斩波子电路Boost的信号输入端和信号输出端的压差减小。例如：第二倍压子电路DVC2的信号输入端并联在升压斩波子电路Boost的信号输出端。第二倍压子电路DVC2的信号输出端与推挽子电路PPC的第一电源接口电连接，推挽子电路PPC的第二电源接口与公共接地端连接。该推挽子电路PPC的信号输入端与控制器的数据信号接口电连接。推挽子电路PPC的信号输出端与发射天线TX耦接。由于升压斩波子电路Boost的功耗比较高，而由于第二倍压子电路DVC2的信号输入端并联在升压斩波子电路Boost的信号输出端，提高升压斩波子电路Boost的信号输出端电压，有效减少升压斩波子电路Boost的输入输出压差，从而降低信号发射电路的功耗。As a possible implementation manner, FIG. 27 shows a schematic circuit diagram of a signal transmitting circuit in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 27, the signal transmitting circuit 230 includes a second voltage multiplier sub-circuit DVC2, a boost chopper sub-circuit Boost, a push-pull sub-circuit PPC, and a transmitting antenna TX. The control end of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller, and the control end of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller, so that the controller can control the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost The charging and discharging process. The second voltage doubling sub-circuit DVC2 is used to control the voltage of the signal output terminal of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost, so that the voltage difference between the signal input terminal and the signal output terminal of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost is reduced. For example: the signal input end of the second voltage multiplier sub-circuit DVC2 is connected in parallel with the signal output end of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost. The signal output terminal of the second voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC2 is electrically connected to the first power interface of the push-pull sub-circuit PPC, and the second power interface of the push-pull sub-circuit PPC is connected to the common ground terminal. The signal input end of the push-pull sub-circuit PPC is electrically connected with the data signal interface of the controller. The signal output end of the push-pull sub-circuit PPC is coupled to the transmitting antenna TX. Since the power consumption of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost is relatively high, and because the signal input end of the second voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC2 is connected in parallel to the signal output end of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost, the signal output end of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost is improved. Voltage, effectively reduce the input and output voltage difference of the boost chopper circuit Boost, thereby reducing the power consumption of the signal transmitting circuit.
如图27所示，MCU为图23所示的控制器220。升压斩波子电路Boost包括金属-氧化物半导体场效应晶体管(Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor，缩写为MOSFET)Q1、第一二极管、第一电容C21和电感L0。As shown in FIG. 27, the MCU is the controller 220 shown in FIG. 23. The boost chopper circuit Boost includes a Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor (MOSFET) Q1, a first diode, a first capacitor C21, and an inductor L0.
如图27所示，上述电感L0与电源电连接，MOSFETQ1的漏极引脚与电感L连接，源极引脚与公共接地端连接，栅极引脚与MCU的数据信号接口连接。当然，也可以采用如FPGA、ARM处理器等其它控制器或处理器控制，不仅限于MCU。MOSFETQ1的漏极分别经第一二极管D21和第一电容C21与接地公共端连接。MCU可以控制MOSFETQ1导通或关断，从而使得升压斩波子电路Boost的状态可控。升压斩波子电 路Boost的功耗主要由第一二极管D21和电感L0产生。例如：MCU的I/O接口与MOSFETQ1的栅极电连接。As shown in FIG. 27, the above-mentioned inductor L0 is electrically connected to the power supply, the drain pin of MOSFETQ1 is connected to the inductor L, the source pin is connected to the common ground terminal, and the gate pin is connected to the data signal interface of the MCU. Of course, other controllers or processors such as FPGA and ARM processors can also be used for control, not limited to MCUs. The drain of the MOSFETQ1 is connected to the ground common terminal via the first diode D21 and the first capacitor C21, respectively. The MCU can control the MOSFETQ1 to be turned on or off, thereby making the state of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost controllable. The power consumption of the boost chopper circuit Boost is mainly generated by the first diode D21 and the inductor L0. For example: the I/O interface of the MCU is electrically connected to the gate of the MOSFETQ1.
如图27所示，第二倍压子电路DVC2包括：第二二极管D22、第三二极管D23、第四二极管D24、第五二极管D25、第二电容C22、第三电容C23、第四电容C24和第五电容C25。第二二极管D22和第三二极管D23串联在一起。第四二极管D24和第五二极管D25串联在一起。每对串联在一起的二极管可以选用BAV99LT1G芯片代替，也可以自行组装。第一二极管D21的阳极与第二电容C22的第一极板连接，第一二极管D21的阴极与第二二极管D22的阳极连接，第二电容C22的第二极板与第二二极管D22的阴极连接，第二二极管D22的阴极与第三二极管D23的阳极连接；第一二极管D21的阴极与第三电容C23的第一极板连接，第三电容C23的第二极板与第三二极管D23的阴极连接。第三电容C23的第二极板与第四二极管D24的阳极连接，第一电容C21的第二极板通过第四电容C24与第四二极管D24的阴极连接，第四二极管D24的阴极与第五二极管D25的阳极连接，第三电容C23的第二极板与第五电容C25的第一极板连接，第五电容C25的第二极板与第五二极管D25的阴极连接。第五电容C25的第二极板与第五二极管D25的阴极之间的走线可引出第二倍压子电路DVC2的信号输出端。As shown in FIG. 27, the second voltage doubling sub-circuit DVC2 includes: a second diode D22, a third diode D23, a fourth diode D24, a fifth diode D25, a second capacitor C22, and a third diode. The capacitor C23, the fourth capacitor C24 and the fifth capacitor C25. The second diode D22 and the third diode D23 are connected in series. The fourth diode D24 and the fifth diode D25 are connected in series. Each pair of diodes connected in series can be replaced by BAV99LT1G chips, or assembled by themselves. The anode of the first diode D21 is connected to the first plate of the second capacitor C22, the cathode of the first diode D21 is connected to the anode of the second diode D22, and the second plate of the second capacitor C22 is connected to the The cathodes of the two diodes D22 are connected, the cathode of the second diode D22 is connected to the anode of the third diode D23; the cathode of the first diode D21 is connected to the first plate of the third capacitor C23, and the third The second plate of the capacitor C23 is connected to the cathode of the third diode D23. The second plate of the third capacitor C23 is connected to the anode of the fourth diode D24, and the second plate of the first capacitor C21 is connected to the cathode of the fourth diode D24 through the fourth capacitor C24. The fourth diode The cathode of D24 is connected to the anode of the fifth diode D25, the second plate of the third capacitor C23 is connected to the first plate of the fifth capacitor C25, and the second plate of the fifth capacitor C25 is connected to the fifth diode. The cathode of D25 is connected. The wiring between the second plate of the fifth capacitor C25 and the cathode of the fifth diode D25 can lead to the signal output terminal of the second voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC2.
如图27所示，推挽子电路PPC包括第一电阻R21、第二电阻R22、第三电阻R23、第六电容C26、第七电容C27、PNP型三极管Q2和NPN型三极管Q3。NPN型三极管Q3可在高电平控制下导通，PNP型三极管Q2可在低电平下导通。MCU的第三I/O接口GPIO3通过第一电阻R21分别与第六电容C26的第一极板和第七电容C27的第一极板连接，第六电容C26的第二极板与PNP型三极管Q2的基极连接，第六电容C26的第二极板还通过第二电阻R22与PNP型三极管Q2的发射极连接。第二倍压子电路DVC2的信号输出端与PNP型三极管Q2的发射极连接，PNP型三极管Q2的集电极与发射天线TX耦接。第七电容C27的第二极板与NPN型三极管Q3的基极连接，第七电容C27的第二极板还通过第三电阻R23与NPN型三极管Q3的发射极连接，NPN型三极管Q3的发射极与公共接地端连接，NPN型三极管Q3的集电极与发射天线TX耦接。As shown in FIG. 27, the push-pull sub-circuit PPC includes a first resistor R21, a second resistor R22, a third resistor R23, a sixth capacitor C26, a seventh capacitor C27, a PNP transistor Q2, and an NPN transistor Q3. The NPN transistor Q3 can be turned on under high level control, and the PNP type transistor Q2 can be turned on under low level control. The third I/O interface GPIO3 of the MCU is connected to the first plate of the sixth capacitor C26 and the first plate of the seventh capacitor C27 through the first resistor R21, and the second plate of the sixth capacitor C26 is connected to the PNP transistor The base of Q2 is connected, and the second plate of the sixth capacitor C26 is also connected to the emitter of the PNP transistor Q2 through the second resistor R22. The signal output end of the second voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC2 is connected to the emitter of the PNP type transistor Q2, and the collector of the PNP type transistor Q2 is coupled to the transmitting antenna TX. The second plate of the seventh capacitor C27 is connected to the base of the NPN transistor Q3, and the second plate of the seventh capacitor C27 is also connected to the emitter of the NPN transistor Q3 through the third resistor R23. The emitter of the NPN transistor Q3 The pole is connected to the common ground terminal, and the collector of the NPN transistor Q3 is coupled to the transmitting antenna TX.
如图27所示，工作时，升压斩波子电路Boost的电源电压大小为4.4V，MCU控制升压斩波子电路Boost进行升压操作，并利用第二倍压子电路DVC2进行倍压处理，使得升压斩波子电路Boost的能耗比较低，并保证第二倍压子电路DVC2输出高电压小电流的输出信号，提供给推挽子电路PPC的第一电源接口。MCU所提供的信号比较弱，在该信号处于高电平时，PNP型三极管Q2关断，NPN型三极管Q3导通，推挽子电路PPC可将该信号所处的电平转换为低电平。在该信号处于低电平时，PNP型三极管Q2导通，NPN型三极管Q3关断，推挽子电路PPC可将该信号所处的电平转换为高电平，并被PNP型三极管Q2进行信号放大。由此可见，利用推挽子电路PPC所发射的第二通信信号的波形为方波。As shown in Figure 27, during operation, the power supply voltage of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost is 4.4V. The MCU controls the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost to perform the boost operation, and uses the second voltage doubling sub-circuit DVC2 for voltage doubling. This makes the power consumption of the boost chopper sub-circuit Boost relatively low, and ensures that the second voltage doubler sub-circuit DVC2 outputs a high-voltage and low-current output signal, which is provided to the first power interface of the push-pull sub-circuit PPC. The signal provided by the MCU is relatively weak. When the signal is at a high level, the PNP transistor Q2 is turned off, and the NPN transistor Q3 is turned on, and the push-pull sub-circuit PPC can convert the level of the signal to a low level. When the signal is at a low level, the PNP transistor Q2 is turned on, and the NPN transistor Q3 is turned off. The push-pull sub-circuit PPC can convert the level of the signal to a high level and is signaled by the PNP transistor Q2 enlarge. It can be seen that the waveform of the second communication signal transmitted by the push-pull sub-circuit PPC is a square wave.
图28示出了本申请实施例中FPGA和MCU的部分接口连接关系示意图。应理解，图28中FPGA和MCU只是示意的列出了部分接口的引脚，并不代表FPGA和MCU的全部引脚。FIG. 28 shows a schematic diagram of a part of the interface connection relationship between FPGA and MCU in an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the FPGA and MCU in FIG. 28 only schematically list some of the pins of the interface, and do not represent all the pins of the FPGA and MCU.
如图28所示，FPGA的第一I/O(Input/Output，缩写为I/O)接口RA1与第二运算放大器U2的信号输出端连接，FPGA的第二I/O接口RA2与MCU的第一I/O接口GPIO1连接，MCU的第二I/O接口GPIO2与比较器CP的信号输出端连接。MCU的第三I/O接口GPIO4与电源管理装置203连接，使得MCU可以与电源管理装置204通信，进而使得电源管理装置204在MCU的控制下可以控制信息输入设备处在唤醒和休眠状态。另外，MCU的第四I/O接口GPIO4与信号发射电路230所包括的推挽子电路PPC的信号输入端连接，MCU的第五I/O接口GPIO5与MOSFETQ1的栅极，用以控制MOSFETQ1所在的升压斩波子电路Boost处在充电状态或放点状态。As shown in Figure 28, the first I/O (Input/Output, abbreviated as I/O) interface RA1 of the FPGA is connected to the signal output terminal of the second operational amplifier U2, and the second I/O interface RA2 of the FPGA is connected to the signal output terminal of the MCU. The first I/O interface GPIO1 is connected, and the second I/O interface GPIO2 of the MCU is connected with the signal output terminal of the comparator CP. The third I/O interface GPIO4 of the MCU is connected to the power management device 203, so that the MCU can communicate with the power management device 204, so that the power management device 204 can control the information input device to wake and sleep under the control of the MCU. In addition, the fourth I/O interface GPIO4 of the MCU is connected to the signal input end of the push-pull sub-circuit PPC included in the signal transmitting circuit 230, and the fifth I/O interface GPIO5 of the MCU is connected to the gate of the MOSFETQ1 to control where the MOSFETQ1 is located. The boost chopper sub-circuit Boost is in the charging state or the discharging state.
如图28所示，FPGA的第一时钟信号接口OSC2CLKOUT与MCU的第一时钟信号接口XCLKIN连接，MCU的第二时钟信号接口XCLKOUT与FPGA的第二时钟信号接口OSC1CLKIN连接。应理解，对于不同型号的MCU和FPGA，其均具有各种I/O接口和各种时钟信号接口。另外，上述各种接口均可通过总线等数据线连接，总线包括且不限于SPI、I2C、I3C、s-wire等总线。例如：FPGA的第一时钟信号接口OSC2CLKOUT与MCU的第一时钟信号接口XCLKIN可通过总线通信，MCU的第二时钟信号接口XCLKOUT与FPGA的第二时钟信号接口OSC1CLKIN也可通过总线通信。As shown in FIG. 28, the first clock signal interface OSC2CLKOUT of the FPGA is connected to the first clock signal interface XCLKIN of the MCU, and the second clock signal interface XCLKOUT of the MCU is connected to the second clock signal interface OSC1CLKIN of the FPGA. It should be understood that, for different types of MCUs and FPGAs, they all have various I/O interfaces and various clock signal interfaces. In addition, the above-mentioned various interfaces can be connected by data lines such as a bus, and the bus includes, but is not limited to, SPI, I2C, I3C, s-wire and other buses. For example, the first clock signal interface OSC2CLKOUT of the FPGA and the first clock signal interface XCLKIN of the MCU can communicate through the bus, and the second clock signal interface XCLKOUT of the MCU and the second clock signal interface OSC1CLKIN of the FPGA can also communicate through the bus.
应理解，如图28所示，FPGA的VSS引脚和FPGA的VSS引脚的第二电源接口以及图26所示的电平转换器U0的GND引脚、第一运算放大器U1的负电源接口(即VSS引脚)、第二运算放大器的负电源接口引脚(即VSS引脚)均接公共接地端。It should be understood that, as shown in FIG. 28, the second power supply interface of the VSS pin of the FPGA and the VSS pin of the FPGA, the GND pin of the level shifter U0 and the negative power supply interface of the first operational amplifier U1 shown in FIG. 26 (That is, the VSS pin) and the negative power supply interface pin (that is, the VSS pin) of the second operational amplifier are connected to the common ground terminal.
例如：图29示出了本申请实施例电源管理装置与用电器件之间的连接框架示意图。这些用电器件包括但不仅限于FPGA、MCU、电平转换器U0、第一运算放大器U1、第二运算放大器U2和检波器(图29未示出)。这些用电器件的VDD引脚均与电源管理装置204连接。应理解，电源管理装置240只是与用电器件的VDD引脚电连接，并不一定直接通过导线连接，需要根据各个用电器件的工作电压进行适当调整。For example: FIG. 29 shows a schematic diagram of the connection frame between the power management device and the electrical device in an embodiment of the present application. These electrical devices include, but are not limited to, FPGA, MCU, level shifter U0, first operational amplifier U1, second operational amplifier U2, and detector (not shown in FIG. 29). The VDD pins of these power-consuming devices are all connected to the power management device 204. It should be understood that the power management device 240 is only electrically connected to the VDD pin of the electric device, and not necessarily directly connected through a wire, and needs to be adjusted appropriately according to the working voltage of each electric device.
作为一种可能的实现方式，上述信号发射电路可以使用发送模块、收发模块或收发器等替换。上述第一处理电路和第二处理电路也可以使用一个或多个处理器或处理模块替换。上述信号接收电路可以使用接收模块、收发模块或收发器等替换。As a possible implementation, the above-mentioned signal transmission circuit can be replaced by a sending module, a transceiver module, or a transceiver. The above-mentioned first processing circuit and second processing circuit may also be replaced by one or more processors or processing modules. The above-mentioned signal receiving circuit can be replaced by a receiving module, a transceiver module, or a transceiver.
在采用集成单元的情况下，本申请实施例还提供一种终端控制设备，该终端控制设备为终端或应用于终端的芯片。该终端控制设备包括通信接口。In the case of using an integrated unit, an embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal control device, and the terminal control device is a terminal or a chip applied to the terminal. The terminal control device includes a communication interface.
上述通信接口用于支持终端执行上述实施例中步骤101。具体的，上述通信接口用于支持终端执行上述实施例中步骤101a和步骤111a。The foregoing communication interface is used to support the terminal to execute step 101 in the foregoing embodiment. Specifically, the foregoing communication interface is used to support the terminal to execute step 101a and step 111a in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实现方式，上述通信接口还用于支持终端执行接收互容信号或者信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号时，停止发送第一通信信号。As a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned communication interface is also used to support the terminal to stop sending the first communication signal when the terminal executes the reception of the mutual capacitance signal or the second communication signal sent by the information input device.
作为一种可能的实现方式，上述终端控制设备还包括处理器，用于支持终端执行上述实施例中步骤001、步骤002和步骤003。As a possible implementation manner, the foregoing terminal control device further includes a processor, configured to support the terminal to execute step 001, step 002, and step 003 in the foregoing embodiment.
图30示出了本申请实施例提供的芯片的结构示意图。该芯片700包括一个或两个以上(包括两个)处理器701和通信接口703。可选的，该芯片还包括存储器704，存储器704可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器701提供操作指令和数据。存储器704的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(non-volatile random  access memory，NVRAM)。FIG. 30 shows a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application. The chip 700 includes one or more (including two) processors 701 and a communication interface 703. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory 704. The memory 704 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides operation instructions and data to the processor 701. A part of the memory 704 may also include a non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
在一种可能的实现方式，如图30所示，存储器704可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器701提供指令和数据。存储器704的一部分还可以包括NVRAM。例如应用中通信接口703以及存储器704通过总线系统702耦合在一起，其中总线系统702除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图31中将各种总线都标为总线系统。In a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 30, the memory 704 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 701. A part of the memory 704 may also include NVRAM. For example, in the application, the communication interface 703 and the memory 704 are coupled together through a bus system 702, where the bus system 702 may include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to a data bus. However, for the sake of clear description, various buses are marked as bus systems in FIG. 31.
如图30所示，上述本申请实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器701中，或者由处理器701实现。处理器701可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器701中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器701可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing，DSP)、ASIC、现成可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器701读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。As shown in FIG. 30, the method disclosed in the foregoing embodiment of the present application may be applied to the processor 701 or implemented by the processor 701. The processor 701 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 701 or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor 701 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), an ASIC, an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field-programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistors. Logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor 701 reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware.
一种可能的实现方式中，上述通信接口703用于执行上述实施例中以信息输入设备为执行主体时信号接收装置的接收和发送步骤。处理器701用于执行上述实施例中以信息输入设备为执行主体时信号接收装置的处理步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned communication interface 703 is used to perform the receiving and sending steps of the signal receiving apparatus when the information input device is used as the execution subject in the above-mentioned embodiment. The processor 701 is configured to execute the processing steps of the signal receiving apparatus when the information input device is used as the execution subject in the foregoing embodiment.
为了支持上述以信息输入设备为执行主体时由信号接收装置执行的方法，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，实现上述信息输入设备为执行主体时由信号接收装置执行的功能。In order to support the above method executed by the signal receiving device when the information input device is the main body of execution, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions are executed, the information input device is implemented as The function performed by the signal receiving device when the main body is executed.
另一可能的实现方式中，如图30所示，上述通信接口703用于执行上述实施例中以信息输入设备为执行主体时控制器的接收和发送步骤。处理器701用于执行上述实施例中以信息输入设备为执行主体时控制器的处理步骤。In another possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 30, the above-mentioned communication interface 703 is used to execute the receiving and sending steps of the controller when the information input device is used as the execution subject in the above-mentioned embodiment. The processor 701 is configured to execute the processing steps of the controller when the information input device is used as the execution subject in the foregoing embodiment.
为了支持上述终端控制装置执行上述由信息输入设备执行的方法，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，实现上述信息输入设备的功能。In order to support the foregoing terminal control device to perform the foregoing method performed by the information input device, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the functions of the foregoing information input device are realized.
又一可能的实现方式中，上述通信接口703用于执行上述实施例中以终端为执行主体的接收和发送步骤。上述处理器701用于执行上述实施例中以终端为执行主体的处理步骤。此时，上述芯片为终端控制装置或上述终端所内部用于执行上述终端控制方法的芯片。上述通信接口用于支持终端执行上述实施例中由终端执行的步骤101。In another possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned communication interface 703 is used to execute the receiving and sending steps in the above-mentioned embodiment with the terminal as the execution subject. The foregoing processor 701 is configured to execute the processing steps in the foregoing embodiment with the terminal as the execution subject. At this time, the above-mentioned chip is a terminal control device or a chip used inside the terminal for executing the above-mentioned terminal control method. The foregoing communication interface is used to support the terminal to execute step 101 executed by the terminal in the foregoing embodiment.
为了支持上述终端控制装置执行上述由终端执行的方法，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，实现上述实施例中由终端实现的功能。In order to support the foregoing terminal control device to perform the foregoing method executed by the terminal, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions are executed, the functions implemented by the terminal in the foregoing embodiments are implemented.
图31示出了以手机为例的终端结构示意图。应理解，图31示出的手机仅是终端的一个范例，并且手机可以具有比图中所示出的更多的或者更少的部件，可以组合两 个或更多的部件，或者可以具有不同的部件配置。Figure 31 shows a schematic diagram of a terminal structure taking a mobile phone as an example. It should be understood that the mobile phone shown in FIG. 31 is only an example of a terminal, and the mobile phone may have more or fewer components than shown in the figure, may combine two or more components, or may have different The component configuration.
如图31所示，手机具体可以包括：处理器101、第一射频电路102、存储器103、触摸屏104、蓝牙装置105、一个或多个传感器106、Wi-Fi装置107、定位装置108、音频电路109、外设接口110、电源系统111等部件。这些部件可通过一根或多根通信总线或信号线(图31中未示出)进行通信。本领域技术人员可以理解，图31中示出的硬件结构并不构成对手机的限定，手机可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。下面结合图31对手机的各个部件进行具体的介绍：As shown in Figure 31, the mobile phone may specifically include: a processor 101, a first radio frequency circuit 102, a memory 103, a touch screen 104, a Bluetooth device 105, one or more sensors 106, a Wi-Fi device 107, a positioning device 108, and an audio circuit 109, peripheral interface 110, power supply system 111 and other components. These components can communicate via one or more communication buses or signal lines (not shown in Figure 31). Those skilled in the art can understand that the hardware structure shown in FIG. 31 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile phone, and the mobile phone may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components. The following describes the components of the mobile phone in detail with reference to Figure 31:
如图31所示，处理器101是手机的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接手机100的各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储器103内的应用程序(以下可以简称App)，以及调用存储在存储器103内的数据，执行手机100的各种功能和处理数据。在一些实施例中，处理器101可包括一个或多个处理单元；举例来说，处理器101可以是华为技术有限公司制造的麒麟960芯片。As shown in Figure 31, the processor 101 is the control center of the mobile phone. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect to various parts of the mobile phone 100. It runs or executes an application program (hereinafter referred to as App) stored in the memory 103, and calls the storage. The data in the memory 103 executes various functions of the mobile phone 100 and processes data. In some embodiments, the processor 101 may include one or more processing units; for example, the processor 101 may be a Kirin 960 chip manufactured by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
如图31所示，为了控制本申请实施例提供的终端所发射的通信信号覆盖范围，所增加的通信模块负责信息处理的功能可以集成在该处理器101中，因此，本申请实施例提供的终端只需再增加一个射频电路，负责发送通信信号即可。基于此，上述射频电路102应当包括两个独立的第一射频电路和第二射频电路。第一射频电路用于发送通信信号。第二射频电路可用于在收发信息或通话过程中，无线信号的接收和发送。特别地，第二射频电路可以将基站的下行数据接收后，给处理器101处理；另外，将涉及上行的数据发送给基站。通常，第一射频电路和第二射频电路均包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外，射频电路还可以通过无线通信和其它设备通信。所述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议，包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统、通用分组无线服务、码分多址、宽带码分多址、长期演进、电子邮件、短消息服务等。As shown in FIG. 31, in order to control the coverage of the communication signal transmitted by the terminal provided by the embodiment of the present application, the function of the added communication module responsible for information processing can be integrated in the processor 101. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application provides The terminal only needs to add another radio frequency circuit, which is responsible for sending communication signals. Based on this, the aforementioned radio frequency circuit 102 should include two independent first radio frequency circuits and second radio frequency circuits. The first radio frequency circuit is used to send communication signals. The second radio frequency circuit can be used to receive and send wireless signals during the process of sending and receiving information or talking. In particular, the second radio frequency circuit may receive the downlink data of the base station and send it to the processor 101 for processing; in addition, it may send the uplink data to the base station. Generally, both the first radio frequency circuit and the second radio frequency circuit include, but are not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the radio frequency circuit can also communicate with other devices through wireless communication. The wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications, General Packet Radio Service, Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Long Term Evolution, Email, Short Message Service, etc.
如图31所示，存储器103用于存储应用程序以及数据，处理器101通过运行存储在存储器103的应用程序以及数据，执行手机的各种功能以及数据处理。存储器103主要包括存储程序区以及存储数据区，其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)；存储数据区可以存储根据使用手机时所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)。此外，存储器103可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失存储器，例如磁盘存储器件、闪存器件或其它易失性固态存储器件等。存储器103可以存储各种操作系统，例如，苹果公司所开发的
Figure PCTCN2020127229-appb-000001
操作系统，谷歌公司所开发的
Figure PCTCN2020127229-appb-000002
操作系统等。 As shown in FIG. 31, the memory 103 is used to store application programs and data, and the processor 101 executes various functions and data processing of the mobile phone by running the application programs and data stored in the memory 103. The memory 103 mainly includes a storage program area and a storage data area. The storage program area can store the operating system and at least one application program required by at least one function (such as sound playback function, image playback function, etc.); the storage data area can store Data created at the time (such as audio data, phone book, etc.). In addition, the memory 103 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as a magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 103 can store various operating systems, such as those developed by Apple
Figure PCTCN2020127229-appb-000001
Operating system, developed by Google
Figure PCTCN2020127229-appb-000002
Operating system, etc.
如图31所示，触摸屏104可以包括触控板104-1和显示器104-2。其中，触控板104-1可采集手机的用户在其上或附近的触摸事件(比如用户使用手指、触控笔等任何适合的物体在触控板104-1上或在触控板104-1附近的操作)，并将采集到的触摸信息发送给其它器件例如处理器101。其中，用户在触控板104-1附近的触摸事件可以称之为悬浮触控；悬浮触控可以是指，用户无需为了选择、移动或拖动目标(例如图标等)而直接接触触控板，而只需用户位于终端附近以便执行所想要的功能。在悬浮触控的应用场景下，术语“触摸”、“接触”等不会暗示用于直接接触触摸屏，而是附近或接近的接触。能够进行悬浮触控的触控板104-1可以采用电容式、红外光感以及超声 波等实现。此外，可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型来实现触控板104-1。显示器(也称为显示屏)104-2可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以及手机的各种菜单。可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示器104-2。触控板104-1可以覆盖在显示器104-2之上，当触控板104-1检测到在其上或附近的触摸事件后，传送给处理器101以确定触摸事件的类型，随后处理器101可以根据触摸事件的类型在显示器104-2上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图31中，触控板104-1与显示屏104-2是作为两个独立的部件来实现手机的输入和输出功能，但是在某些实施例中，可以将触控板104-1与显示屏104-2集成而实现手机的输入和输出功能。可以理解的是，触摸屏104是由多层的材料堆叠而成，本申请实施例中只展示出了触控板(层)和显示屏(层)，其它层在本申请实施例中不予记载。另外，在本申请其它一些实施例中，触控板104-1可以覆盖在显示器104-2之上，并且触控板104-1的尺寸大于显示屏104-2的尺寸，使得显示屏104-2全部覆盖在触控板104-1下面，或者，上述触控板104-1可以以全面板的形式配置在手机的正面，也即用户在手机正面的触摸均能被手机感知，这样就可以实现手机正面的全触控体验。在其它一些实施例中，触控板104-1以全面板的形式配置在手机的正面，显示屏104-2也可以以全面板的形式配置在手机的正面，这样在手机的正面就能够实现无边框(Bezel)的结构。As shown in FIG. 31, the touch screen 104 may include a touch pad 104-1 and a display 104-2. Among them, the touchpad 104-1 can collect touch events on or near the user of the mobile phone (for example, the user uses a finger, a stylus, or any other suitable object on the touchpad 104-1 or on the touchpad 104- 1 nearby operation), and send the collected touch information to other devices such as the processor 101. Among them, the user's touch event near the touchpad 104-1 can be called floating touch; floating touch can mean that the user does not need to directly touch the touchpad in order to select, move, or drag a target (such as an icon, etc.) , And only the user needs to be near the terminal in order to perform the desired function. In the application scenario of floating touch, the terms "touch", "contact", etc. do not imply direct contact with the touch screen, but nearby or close contact. The touchpad 104-1 capable of floating touch can be realized by capacitive, infrared light sensing, and ultrasonic waves. In addition, multiple types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave can be used to implement the touch panel 104-1. The display (also referred to as a display screen) 104-2 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone. The display 104-2 can be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The touchpad 104-1 can cover the display 104-2. When the touchpad 104-1 detects a touch event on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 101 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 101 can provide corresponding visual output on the display 104-2 according to the type of the touch event. Although in FIG. 31, the touchpad 104-1 and the display 104-2 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the mobile phone, but in some embodiments, the touchpad 104-1 can be used. It is integrated with the display 104-2 to realize the input and output functions of the mobile phone. It is understandable that the touch screen 104 is made up of multiple layers of materials. In the embodiment of this application, only the touch panel (layer) and the display screen (layer) are shown, and other layers are not described in the embodiment of this application. . In addition, in some other embodiments of the present application, the touchpad 104-1 may cover the display 104-2, and the size of the touchpad 104-1 is larger than the size of the display 104-2, so that the display 104- 2 All are covered under the touchpad 104-1, or the above-mentioned touchpad 104-1 can be configured on the front of the mobile phone in the form of a full panel, that is, the user's touch on the front of the mobile phone can be sensed by the mobile phone, so that you can Realize the full touch experience on the front of the phone. In some other embodiments, the touchpad 104-1 is arranged on the front of the mobile phone in the form of a full panel, and the display 104-2 can also be arranged on the front of the mobile phone in the form of a full panel, so that it can be realized on the front of the mobile phone. Frameless (Bezel) structure.
在本申请实施例中，如图31所示，手机还可以具有指纹识别功能。例如，可以在触摸屏104中配置指纹采集器件112来实现指纹识别功能，即指纹采集器件112可以与触摸屏104集成在一起来实现手机的指纹识别功能。在这种情况下，该指纹采集器件112配置在触摸屏104中，可以是触摸屏104的一部分，也可以以其它方式配置在触摸屏104中。另外，该指纹采集器件112还可以被实现为全面板指纹采集器件。因此，可以把触摸屏104看成是任何位置都可以进行指纹识别的一个面板。该指纹采集器件112可以将采集到的指纹发送给处理器101，以便处理器101对该指纹进行处理(例如指纹验证等)。本申请实施例中的指纹采集器件112的主要部件是指纹传感器，该指纹传感器可以采用任何类型的感测技术，包括但不限于光学式、电容式、压电式或超声波传感技术等。In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 31, the mobile phone may also have a fingerprint recognition function. For example, the fingerprint collection device 112 can be configured in the touch screen 104 to realize the fingerprint identification function, that is, the fingerprint collection device 112 can be integrated with the touch screen 104 to realize the fingerprint identification function of the mobile phone. In this case, the fingerprint collection device 112 is configured in the touch screen 104, may be a part of the touch screen 104, or may be configured in the touch screen 104 in other ways. In addition, the fingerprint collection device 112 can also be implemented as a full-board fingerprint collection device. Therefore, the touch screen 104 can be regarded as a panel that can perform fingerprint recognition at any position. The fingerprint collection device 112 can send the collected fingerprint to the processor 101, so that the processor 101 can process the fingerprint (for example, fingerprint verification, etc.). The main component of the fingerprint acquisition device 112 in the embodiment of the present application is a fingerprint sensor. The fingerprint sensor can use any type of sensing technology, including but not limited to optical, capacitive, piezoelectric or ultrasonic sensing technology.
如图31所示，蓝牙装置105，用于实现手机与其它短距离的终端(例如手机、智能手表、手写比等)之间的数据交换。本申请实施例中的蓝牙装置可以是集成电路或者蓝牙芯片等。传感器106，比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其它传感器。具体地，光传感器可包括环境光传感器及接近传感器，其中，环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节触摸屏104的显示器的亮度，接近传感器可在手机移动到耳边时，关闭显示器的电源。作为运动传感器的一种，加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小，静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向，可用于识别手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等；至于手机还可配置的陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其它传感器，在此不再赘述。Wi-Fi装置107，用于为手机提供遵循Wi-Fi相关标准协议的网络接入，手机可以通过Wi-Fi装置107接入到Wi-Fi接入点，进而帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流媒体等，它为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问。As shown in FIG. 31, the Bluetooth device 105 is used to implement data exchange between the mobile phone and other short-distance terminals (such as mobile phones, smart watches, handwriting ratios, etc.). The Bluetooth device in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit or a Bluetooth chip or the like. The sensor 106, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors. Specifically, the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor. The ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display of the touch screen 104 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor can turn off the power of the display when the mobile phone is moved to the ear. As a kind of motion sensor, the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three-axis), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary. It can be used to identify mobile phone posture applications (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related Games, magnetometer posture calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, percussion), etc.; as for other sensors such as gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, infrared sensors, etc., which can be configured in mobile phones, I will not mention them here. Go into details. The Wi-Fi device 107 is used to provide the mobile phone with network access that follows the Wi-Fi related standard protocols. The mobile phone can connect to the Wi-Fi access point through the Wi-Fi device 107 to help users send and receive emails and browse the web And access to streaming media, etc., it provides users with wireless broadband Internet access.
在其它一些实施例中，如图31所示，该Wi-Fi装置107也可以作为Wi-Fi无线接入点，可以为其它终端提供Wi-Fi网络接入。定位装置108，用于为手机提供地理位置。可以理解的是，该定位装置108具体可以是全球定位系统(GPS)或北斗卫星导航系统、俄罗斯GLONASS等定位系统的接收器。定位装置108在接收到上述定位系统发送的地理位置后，将该信息发送给处理器101进行处理，或者发送给存储器103进行保存。在另外的一些实施例中，该定位装置108还可以是辅助全球卫星定位系统(AGPS)的接收器，AGPS系统通过作为辅助服务器来协助定位装置108完成测距和定位服务，在这种情况下，辅助定位服务器通过无线通信网络与终端例如手机的定位装置108(即GPS接收器)通信而提供定位协助。在另外的一些实施例中，该定位装置108也可以是基于Wi-Fi接入点的定位技术。由于每一个Wi-Fi接入点都有一个全球唯一的MAC地址，终端在开启Wi-Fi的情况下即可扫描并收集周围的Wi-Fi接入点的广播信号，因此可以获取到Wi-Fi接入点广播出来的MAC地址；终端将这些能够标示Wi-Fi接入点的数据(例如MAC地址)通过无线通信网络发送给位置服务器，由位置服务器检索出每一个Wi-Fi接入点的地理位置，并结合Wi-Fi广播信号的强弱程度，计算出该终端的地理位置并发送到该终端的定位装置108中。In some other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 31, the Wi-Fi device 107 can also be used as a Wi-Fi wireless access point, which can provide Wi-Fi network access for other terminals. The positioning device 108 is used to provide a geographic location for the mobile phone. It is understandable that the positioning device 108 may specifically be a receiver of a positioning system such as a Global Positioning System (GPS), Beidou satellite navigation system, or Russian GLONASS. After receiving the geographic location sent by the above-mentioned positioning system, the positioning device 108 sends the information to the processor 101 for processing, or sends the information to the memory 103 for storage. In some other embodiments, the positioning device 108 may also be a receiver of an assisted global satellite positioning system (AGPS). The AGPS system acts as an auxiliary server to assist the positioning device 108 to complete ranging and positioning services. In this case , The auxiliary positioning server communicates with the positioning device 108 (ie, GPS receiver) of a terminal, such as a mobile phone, through a wireless communication network to provide positioning assistance. In some other embodiments, the positioning device 108 may also be a Wi-Fi access point-based positioning technology. Since every Wi-Fi access point has a globally unique MAC address, the terminal can scan and collect the broadcast signals of surrounding Wi-Fi access points when Wi-Fi is turned on, so that Wi-Fi can be obtained. The MAC address broadcasted by the Fi access point; the terminal sends the data (such as MAC address) that can identify the Wi-Fi access point to the location server through the wireless communication network, and the location server retrieves each Wi-Fi access point Combined with the strength of the Wi-Fi broadcast signal, the geographic location of the terminal is calculated and sent to the positioning device 108 of the terminal.
如图31所示，音频电路109、扬声器113、麦克风114可提供用户与手机之间的音频接口。音频电路109可将接收到的音频数据转换后的电信号，传输到扬声器113，由扬声器113转换为声音信号输出；另一方面，麦克风114将收集的声音信号转换为电信号，由音频电路109接收后转换为音频数据，再将音频数据输出至RF电路102以发送给比如另一手机，或者将音频数据输出至存储器103以便进一步处理。As shown in FIG. 31, the audio circuit 109, the speaker 113, and the microphone 114 can provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile phone. The audio circuit 109 can transmit the electric signal after the conversion of the received audio data to the speaker 113, which is converted into a sound signal by the speaker 113 for output; on the other hand, the microphone 114 converts the collected sound signal into an electric signal, and the audio circuit 109 After being received, the audio data is converted into audio data, and then the audio data is output to the RF circuit 102 to be sent to, for example, another mobile phone, or the audio data is output to the memory 103 for further processing.
如图31所示，外设接口110，用于为外部的输入/输出设备(例如键盘、鼠标、外接显示器、外部存储器、用户识别模块卡等)提供各种接口。例如：通过通用串行总线(USB)接口与鼠标连接，通过用户识别模块卡卡槽上的金属触点与电信运营商提供的用户识别模块卡(SIM)卡进行连接。外设接口110可以被用来将上述外部的输入/输出外围设备耦接到处理器101和存储器103。As shown in FIG. 31, the peripheral interface 110 is used to provide various interfaces for external input/output devices (such as a keyboard, a mouse, an external display, an external memory, a user identification module card, etc.). For example: connect with a mouse through a universal serial bus (USB) interface, and connect with a subscriber identity module card (SIM) card provided by a telecommunication operator through a metal contact on a subscriber identity module card slot. The peripheral interface 110 can be used to couple the aforementioned external input/output peripheral devices to the processor 101 and the memory 103.
如图31所示，手机还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源装置111(比如电池和电源管理芯片)，电池可以通过电源管理芯片与处理器101逻辑相连，从而通过电源装置111实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。As shown in Figure 31, the mobile phone may also include a power supply device 111 (such as a battery and a power management chip) for supplying power to various components. The battery can be logically connected to the processor 101 through the power management chip, so that the power supply device 111 can manage charging and discharging. , And power management and other functions.
尽管图31未示出，手机还可以包括摄像头(前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头)、闪光灯、微型投影装置、近场通信(NFC)装置等，在此不再赘述。Although not shown in FIG. 31, the mobile phone may also include a camera (front camera and/or rear camera), flash, micro-projection device, near field communication (NFC) device, etc., which will not be repeated here.
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本发明实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本发明实施例可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本发明实施例可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present invention may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Therefore, the embodiments of the present invention may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, the embodiments of the present invention may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
本发明实施例是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其它可编程 数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其它可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The embodiments of the present invention are described with reference to the flowcharts and/or block diagrams of the methods, devices (systems), and computer program products according to the embodiments of the present invention. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are generated for use. It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其它可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其它可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其它可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其它可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so that the computer or other programmable equipment is executed The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本发明实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样，倘若本发明实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the embodiments of the present invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present invention fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (36)

  1. 一种信息输入设备控制方法，其特征在于，应用于信息输入设备，所述信息输入设备包括信号接收装置和控制器，初始时，所述信息输入设备处于休眠状态，所述方法包括：An information input device control method, characterized in that it is applied to an information input device, the information input device includes a signal receiving device and a controller, and initially, the information input device is in a dormant state, and the method includes:
    所述信号接收装置检测终端发送的第一通信信号；The signal receiving device detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal;
    若所述信号接收装置检测到所述终端发送的所述第一通信信号，所述信号接收装置根据所述第一通信信号向所述控制器发送唤醒信号，所述控制器根据所述唤醒信号控制所述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态；If the signal receiving device detects the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the signal receiving device sends a wake-up signal to the controller according to the first communication signal, and the controller according to the wake-up signal Controlling the information input device to enter an awakening state;
    若所述信号接收装置在预设时间段内未检测到所述终端发送的所述第一通信信号，所述信号接收装置向所述控制器发送休眠信号，所述控制器根据所述休眠信号控制所述信息输入设备进入休眠状态。If the signal receiving device does not detect the first communication signal sent by the terminal within a preset time period, the signal receiving device sends a sleep signal to the controller, and the controller responds to the sleep signal Control the information input device to enter a sleep state.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制器根据所述唤醒信号控制所述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态之前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein before the controller controls the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal, the method further comprises:
    若所述信号接收装置确定所述第一通信信号的信号强度大于预设信号强度，则所述信号接收装置向所述控制器发送所述唤醒信号。If the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than the preset signal strength, the signal receiving device sends the wake-up signal to the controller.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制器根据所述休眠信号控制所述信息输入设备进入休眠状态前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein before the controller controls the information input device to enter the sleep state according to the sleep signal, the method further comprises:
    若所述信号接收装置确定所述第一通信信号的信号强度小于或等于预设信号强度，则所述信号接收装置向所述控制器发送休眠信号。If the signal receiving device determines that the signal strength of the first communication signal is less than or equal to the preset signal strength, the signal receiving device sends a sleep signal to the controller.
  4. 根据权利要求1～3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述信息输入设备还包括位置检测装置，所述信息输入设备进入所述唤醒状态后，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the information input device further comprises a position detection device, and after the information input device enters the awake state, the method further comprises:
    所述位置检测装置检测所述信息输入设备与所述终端的相对位置；The position detection device detects the relative position of the information input device and the terminal;
    若所述信息输入设备与所述终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内保持不变，则所述控制器控制所述信息输入设备进入所述休眠状态。If the relative position of the information input device and the terminal remains unchanged within a preset duration threshold, the controller controls the information input device to enter the sleep state.
  5. 根据权利要求1～4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein:
    所述信号接收装置检测终端发送的第一通信信号包括：所述信号接收装置检测所述终端周期性发送的所述第一通信信号；The signal receiving apparatus detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal includes: the signal receiving apparatus detecting the first communication signal periodically sent by the terminal;
    所述信息输入设备还包括信号发射电路；The information input device also includes a signal transmitting circuit;
    所述信息输入设备进入所述唤醒状态后，所述方法还包括：After the information input device enters the wake-up state, the method further includes:
    在所述信号接收装置停止检测所述终端发送的所述第一通信信号时，所述控制器控制所述信号发射电路向所述终端发送第二通信信号。When the signal receiving device stops detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the controller controls the signal transmitting circuit to send a second communication signal to the terminal.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信信号包括同步信息，The method according to claim 5, wherein the first communication signal includes synchronization information,
    所述信息输入设备进入所述唤醒状态后，所述方法还包括：After the information input device enters the wake-up state, the method further includes:
    所述信号接收装置向所述控制器所述第一通信信号；The first communication signal from the signal receiving device to the controller;
    所述控制器根据所述同步信息和预设频率周期性地控制所述信号发射电路向所述终端发送第二通信信号，以使得所述终端根据所述第二通信信号确定所述信息输入设备在所述终端上的触控轨迹。The controller periodically controls the signal transmitting circuit to send a second communication signal to the terminal according to the synchronization information and a preset frequency, so that the terminal determines the information input device according to the second communication signal Touch track on the terminal.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述信息输入设备具有多个信号发 送周期；每个所述信号发送周期为所述预设频率的倒数，每个所述信号发送周期包括发送时段和空闲时段；The method according to claim 6, wherein the information input device has a plurality of signal sending periods; each of the signal sending periods is the inverse of the preset frequency, and each of the signal sending periods includes sending Time slot and free time;
    所述控制器根据所述同步信息和所述预设频率周期性地控制所述信号发射电路向所述终端发送所述第二通信信号包括：The controller periodically controlling the signal transmitting circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency includes:
    所述控制器在每个所述信号发送周期的所述空闲时段控制所述信号发射电路停止向所述终端发送第二通信信号，在每个所述信号发送周期的所述发送时段控制所述信号发射电路向所述终端发送所述第二通信信号。The controller controls the signal transmission circuit to stop transmitting the second communication signal to the terminal during the idle period of each signal transmission period, and controls the signal transmission circuit during the transmission period of each signal transmission period. The signal transmitting circuit transmits the second communication signal to the terminal.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信信号包括调频信息；所述信号接收装置向所述控制器所述第一通信信号后，所述控制器控制所述信号发射电路向所述终端发送第二通信信号前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the first communication signal includes frequency modulation information; after the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller, the controller controls the Before the signal transmitting circuit sends the second communication signal to the terminal, the method further includes:
    根据所述调频信息调节所述预设频率。Adjusting the preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information.
  9. 根据权利要求6～8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，所述信号接收装置向所述控制器所述第一通信信号前，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein after the information input device enters the wake-up state, the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal to the controller, and the method Also includes:
    所述信号接收装置以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号；所述第二时钟信号的信号频率大于所述第一时钟信号的信号频率；The signal receiving device uses the first clock signal as the main clock to retrieve the second clock signal; the signal frequency of the second clock signal is greater than the signal frequency of the first clock signal;
    所述信号接收装置以所述第二时钟信号作为解码时钟信号解码所述第一通信信号。The signal receiving device uses the second clock signal as a decoding clock signal to decode the first communication signal.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述信号接收装置以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号包括：The method according to claim 9, wherein the signal receiving device uses the first clock signal as the main clock to call the second clock signal comprises:
    所述信号接收装置向所述控制器发送第一时钟信号；The signal receiving device sends a first clock signal to the controller;
    所述控制器根据所述第一时钟信号向所述信号接收装置发送用于解码所述第一通信信号的第二时钟信号。The controller sends a second clock signal for decoding the first communication signal to the signal receiving device according to the first clock signal.
  11. 根据权利要求6～10任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述信号接收装置向所述控制器发送所述终端提供的所述第一通信信号后，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 6 to 10, wherein after the signal receiving device sends the first communication signal provided by the terminal to the controller, the method further comprises:
    所述控制器通知所述信号接收装置进入低功耗状态；The controller notifies the signal receiving device to enter a low power consumption state;
    当所述信号接收装置进入所述低功耗状态的时长达到预设时长时，所述信号接收装置进入高功耗模式；所述信号接收装置在所述高功耗模式解码所述第一通信信号。When the time for the signal receiving device to enter the low power consumption state reaches a preset time period, the signal receiving device enters a high power consumption mode; the signal receiving device decodes the first communication in the high power consumption mode signal.
  12. 一种终端控制方法，其特征在于，包括：A terminal control method, characterized by comprising:
    终端周期性发送第一通信信号，以使得信息输入设备根据所述第一通信信号进入唤醒状态；所述第一通信信号包括同步信息，The terminal periodically sends the first communication signal so that the information input device enters the wake-up state according to the first communication signal; the first communication signal includes synchronization information,
    所述终端根据所述同步信息和预设频率交替接收互容信号和所述信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。The terminal alternately receives the mutual capacitance signal and the second communication signal sent by the information input device according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端具有多个信号接收周期，每个所述信号接收周期为所述预设频率的倒数；每个所述信号接收周期包括第一接收时段和第二接收时段；The method according to claim 12, wherein the terminal has a plurality of signal receiving periods, and each of the signal receiving periods is the inverse of the preset frequency; each of the signal receiving periods includes a first receiving period. Time period and second receiving time period;
    所述终端根据所述同步信息和预设频率交替接收互容信号和所述信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号包括：The alternate reception of the mutual capacitance signal by the terminal according to the synchronization information and the preset frequency and the second communication signal sent by the information input device includes:
    所述终端在每个所述信号接收周期的所述第一接收时段接收所述互容信号，在每个所述信号接收周期的所述第二接收时段接收所述信息输入设备发送的所述第二通信信号。The terminal receives the mutual capacity signal in the first receiving period of each signal receiving period, and receives the information input device sent by the information input device in the second receiving period of each signal receiving period. The second communication signal.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端接收互容信号或者所述信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号时，所述终端停止发送所述第一通信信号。When the terminal receives the mutual capacitance signal or the second communication signal sent by the information input device, the terminal stops sending the first communication signal.
  15. 根据权利要求12～14任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, the method further comprising:
    当所述终端检测到干扰信号时，所述终端根据干扰信号生成调频信息；根据所述调频信息调节预设频率，根据调频信息和同步信息生成第一通信信号。When the terminal detects an interference signal, the terminal generates frequency modulation information according to the interference signal; adjusts a preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information, and generates a first communication signal according to the frequency modulation information and synchronization information.
  16. 一种信息输入设备，其特征在于，初始时，所述信息输入设备处于休眠状态，所述信息输入设备包括：信号接收装置和控制器；所述信号接收装置包括：An information input device, characterized in that, initially, the information input device is in a dormant state, the information input device includes: a signal receiving device and a controller; the signal receiving device includes:
    信号接收电路，用于检测终端发送的第一通信信号；A signal receiving circuit for detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal;
    与所述信号接收电路和所述控制器的数据信号接口电连接的第一处理电路，用于在检测到所述终端发送的所述第一通信信号时，根据所述第一通信信号向所述控制器发送唤醒信号；The first processing circuit, which is electrically connected to the signal receiving circuit and the data signal interface of the controller, is configured to, when the first communication signal sent by the terminal is detected, send the signal to the station according to the first communication signal. The controller sends a wake-up signal;
    所述控制器用于根据所述唤醒信号控制所述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态；The controller is configured to control the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal;
    所述第一处理电路还用于在预设时间段内未检测到所述终端发送的所述第一通信信号时，向所述控制器发送休眠信号；The first processing circuit is further configured to send a sleep signal to the controller when the first communication signal sent by the terminal is not detected within a preset time period;
    所述控制器还用于根据所述休眠信号控制所述信息输入设备处于休眠状态。The controller is also used to control the information input device to be in a sleep state according to the sleep signal.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的设备，其特征在于，所述第一处理电路包括检波器，所述检波器的信号输入端与所述信号接收电路电连接，所述检波器的信号输出端与所述控制器的数据信号接口电连接；所述检波器用于在检测到所述终端发送的所述第一通信信号时，向所述控制器发送所述唤醒信号；在预设时间段内未检测到所述终端发送的所述第一通信信号时，向所述控制器发送所述休眠信号。The device according to claim 16, wherein the first processing circuit comprises a detector, a signal input terminal of the detector is electrically connected to the signal receiving circuit, and a signal output terminal of the detector is electrically connected to the signal receiving circuit. The data signal interface of the controller is electrically connected; the detector is used to send the wake-up signal to the controller when the first communication signal sent by the terminal is detected; no detection is made within a preset time period When the first communication signal is sent by the terminal, the sleep signal is sent to the controller.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的设备，其特征在于，所述第一处理电路包括：The device according to claim 16, wherein the first processing circuit comprises:
    用于接收预设信号的比较器，所述比较器的信号输入端与所述信号接收电路的信号输出端电连接，所述比较器的信号输出端与所述控制器的数据信号接口电连接；所述控制器用于根据所述唤醒信号控制所述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态之前，所述比较器用于确定所述第一通信信号的信号强度大于预设信号强度时，向所述控制器发送所述唤醒信号。A comparator for receiving a preset signal, the signal input end of the comparator is electrically connected to the signal output end of the signal receiving circuit, and the signal output end of the comparator is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller The controller is used to control the information input device to enter the wake-up state according to the wake-up signal, and the comparator is used to determine that the signal strength of the first communication signal is greater than a preset signal strength, and send to the controller The wake-up signal.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的设备，其特征在于，所述控制器用于根据所述休眠信号控制所述信息输入设备进入休眠状态前，所述比较器还用于若确定所述第一通信信号的信号强度小于或等于所述预设信号强度，则向所述控制器发送休眠信号。18. The device according to claim 18, wherein the controller is used to control the information input device to enter the sleep state according to the sleep signal, and the comparator is also used to determine whether the first communication signal is If the signal strength is less than or equal to the preset signal strength, a sleep signal is sent to the controller.
  20. 根据权利要求16～19任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，所述信号接收电路包括：The device according to any one of claims 16 to 19, wherein the signal receiving circuit comprises:
    接收天线；Receive antenna;
    与所述接收天线耦接的第一倍压子电路，所述第一倍压子电路的信号输出端与所述第一处理电路的信号输入端电连接。A first voltage multiplier sub-circuit coupled to the receiving antenna, and a signal output end of the first voltage multiplier sub-circuit is electrically connected to a signal input end of the first processing circuit.
  21. 根据权利要求16～20任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，所述信号接收电路具体用于检测所述终端周期性发送的所述第一通信信号；The device according to any one of claims 16 to 20, wherein the signal receiving circuit is specifically configured to detect the first communication signal periodically sent by the terminal;
    所述信息输入设备还包括信号发射电路；所述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，当所述信号接收电路还用于停止检测所述终端发送的所述第一通信信号时，所述控制器 还用于控制所述信号发射电路向所述终端发送第一通信信号。The information input device further includes a signal transmission circuit; after the information input device enters the wake-up state, when the signal receiving circuit is also used to stop detecting the first communication signal sent by the terminal, the controller further For controlling the signal transmitting circuit to send a first communication signal to the terminal.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的设备，其特征在于，所述信号接收装置还包括：The device according to claim 21, wherein the signal receiving device further comprises:
    与所述信号接收电路的信号输出端电连接的处理器，所述处理器的数据信号接口与所述控制器的数据信号接口交互连接；A processor that is electrically connected to the signal output terminal of the signal receiving circuit, and the data signal interface of the processor is interactively connected to the data signal interface of the controller;
    所述信息输入设备进入所述唤醒状态后，所述处理器用于向所述控制器发送所述第一通信信号；After the information input device enters the wake-up state, the processor is configured to send the first communication signal to the controller;
    所述第一通信信号包括同步信息；所述控制器还用于根据所述同步信息和预设频率周期性地控制所述信号发射电路向所述终端发送第二通信信号。The first communication signal includes synchronization information; the controller is further configured to periodically control the signal transmission circuit to send the second communication signal to the terminal according to the synchronization information and a preset frequency.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的设备，其特征在于，所述信息输入设备具有多个信号发送周期，每个所述信号发送周期为所述预设频率的倒数，每个所述信号发送周期包括发送时段和空闲时段；The device according to claim 22, wherein the information input device has a plurality of signal sending periods, each of the signal sending periods is the inverse of the preset frequency, and each of the signal sending periods includes sending Time slot and free time;
    所述控制器具体用于在每个所述信号发送周期的所述空闲时段控制所述信号发射电路停止向所述终端发送所述第二通信信号，在每个所述信号发送周期的所述发送时段控制所述信号发射电路向所述终端发送所述第二通信信号。The controller is specifically configured to control the signal transmission circuit to stop sending the second communication signal to the terminal during the idle period of each signal transmission period, and at the time of each signal transmission period The transmission period controls the signal transmission circuit to transmit the second communication signal to the terminal.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的设备，其特征在于，若所述终端检测到干扰信号；所述第一通信信号包括调频信息；所述信号接收装置用于向所述控制器所述第一通信信号后，所述控制器还用于根据所述调频信息调节所述预设频率。The device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein if the terminal detects an interference signal; the first communication signal includes frequency modulation information; the signal receiving device is used to send the first communication signal to the controller After the communication signal, the controller is further configured to adjust the preset frequency according to the frequency modulation information.
  25. 根据权利要求22～24任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，当所述信息输入设备处于唤醒状态，所述处理器还用于向所述控制器发送所述终端提供的所述第一通信信号前，以第一时钟信号为主时钟调取第二时钟信号；以所述第二时钟信号作为解码时钟信号解码所述第一通信信号，获得解码信息；所述第二时钟信号的信号频率大于所述第一时钟信号的信号频率。The device according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein when the information input device is in an awake state, the processor is further configured to send the first terminal provided by the terminal to the controller. Before the communication signal, use the first clock signal as the main clock to retrieve the second clock signal; use the second clock signal as the decoded clock signal to decode the first communication signal to obtain decoded information; the signal of the second clock signal The frequency is greater than the signal frequency of the first clock signal.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的设备，其特征在于，所述处理器的时钟信号接口与所述控制器的时钟信号接口交互连接；The device according to claim 25, wherein the clock signal interface of the processor is interactively connected with the clock signal interface of the controller;
    所述处理器具体用于向所述控制器发送第一时钟信号；The processor is specifically configured to send a first clock signal to the controller;
    所述控制器还用于根据所述第一时钟信号向所述处理器发送用于解码所述第一通信信号的第二时钟信号。The controller is further configured to send a second clock signal for decoding the first communication signal to the processor according to the first clock signal.
  27. 根据权利要求22～26任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，所述控制器还用于根据所述第一通信信号通知所述处理器进入低功耗模式；The device according to any one of claims 22 to 26, wherein the controller is further configured to notify the processor to enter a low power consumption mode according to the first communication signal;
    所述处理器还用于当进入所述低功耗状态的时长达到预设时长时，进入高功耗模式；在所述高功耗模式解码所述第一通信信号。The processor is further configured to enter a high power consumption mode when the time period for entering the low power consumption state reaches a preset time length; and decode the first communication signal in the high power consumption mode.
  28. 根据权利要求22～27任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，所述信号接收装置还包括第二处理电路，所述第二处理电路的信号输入端与所述信号接收电路的信号输出端电连接；所述第二处理电路的信号输出端与所述处理器的数据信号接口电连接；当所述信息输入设备进入唤醒状态后，所述处理器用于向控制器发送第一通信信号前，所述第二处理电路用于对第一通信信号进行以下处理中任一种或多种：滤波处理、电位调整处理、信号放大处理、或整形处理。The device according to any one of claims 22 to 27, wherein the signal receiving device further comprises a second processing circuit, a signal input terminal of the second processing circuit and a signal output terminal of the signal receiving circuit Electrically connected; the signal output end of the second processing circuit is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the processor; when the information input device enters the wake-up state, the processor is used to send the first communication signal to the controller before The second processing circuit is used to perform any one or more of the following processing on the first communication signal: filtering processing, potential adjustment processing, signal amplification processing, or shaping processing.
  29. 根据权利要求21～28任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，所述信号发射电路包括：The device according to any one of claims 21-28, wherein the signal transmitting circuit comprises:
    发射天线；Transmitting antenna
    升压斩波子电路；所述升压斩波子电路的控制端与所述控制器的数据信号接口电连接；Boost chopper sub-circuit; the control end of the boost chopper sub-circuit is electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller;
    并联在所述升压斩波子电路的信号输出端的第二倍压子电路；A second voltage multiplier sub-circuit connected in parallel to the signal output end of the boost chopper sub-circuit;
    与发射天线耦接的推挽子电路，所述推挽子电路的第一电源接口与所述第二倍压子电路的信号输出端电连接，所述推挽子电路的第二电源接口与公共接地端电连接，所述推挽子电路的信号输入端与所述控制器的信号输出端电连接。A push-pull sub-circuit coupled to the transmitting antenna, the first power interface of the push-pull sub-circuit is electrically connected to the signal output end of the second voltage multiplier sub-circuit, and the second power interface of the push-pull sub-circuit is electrically connected to The common ground terminal is electrically connected, and the signal input terminal of the push-pull sub-circuit is electrically connected with the signal output terminal of the controller.
  30. 根据权利要求21～29任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，所述信息输入设备还包括与所述控制器的数据信号接口电连接的位置检测装置，所述信息输入设备进入所述唤醒状态后，所述位置检测装置用于检测所述信息输入设备与所述终端的相对位置；The device according to any one of claims 21 to 29, wherein the information input device further comprises a position detection device electrically connected to the data signal interface of the controller, and the information input device enters the wake-up After the state, the position detection device is used to detect the relative position of the information input device and the terminal;
    所述控制器用于当所述信息输入设备与所述终端的相对位置在预设时长阈值内保持不变时，控制所述信息输入设备进入所述休眠状态。The controller is configured to control the information input device to enter the dormant state when the relative position of the information input device and the terminal remains unchanged within a preset duration threshold.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的设备，其特征在于，所述信息输入设备还包括无线充电器、内置电池以及与所述控制器通信的电源管理装置；所述内置电池与所述无线充电器电连接，所述电源管理装置分别与所述内置电池和所述无线充电器电连接，所述信号接收装置的电源接口、所述信号发射电路的电源接口、所述位置检测装置的电源接口和所述控制器的电源接口均与所述电源管理装置电连接。The device according to claim 30, wherein the information input device further comprises a wireless charger, a built-in battery, and a power management device that communicates with the controller; the built-in battery is electrically connected to the wireless charger , The power management device is electrically connected to the built-in battery and the wireless charger, the power interface of the signal receiving device, the power interface of the signal transmission circuit, the power interface of the position detection device, and the The power interfaces of the controller are all electrically connected with the power management device.
  32. 一种终端，其特征在于，包括：A terminal, characterized in that it comprises:
    通信接口，用于周期性发送第一通信信号，以使得信息输入设备根据所述第一通信信号进入唤醒状态；所述第一通信信号包括同步信息，The communication interface is used to periodically send the first communication signal so that the information input device enters the wake-up state according to the first communication signal; the first communication signal includes synchronization information,
    所述通信接口还用于根据所述同步信息和预设频率交替接收互容信号和所述信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。The communication interface is further configured to alternately receive a mutual capacitance signal and a second communication signal sent by the information input device according to the synchronization information and a preset frequency.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的终端，其特征在于，所述终端具有多个信号接收周期，每个所述信号接收周期为所述预设频率的倒数，每个所述信号接收周期包括第一接收时段和第二接收时段；The terminal according to claim 32, wherein the terminal has a plurality of signal receiving periods, each of the signal receiving periods is the inverse of the preset frequency, and each of the signal receiving periods includes a first receiving period. Time period and second receiving time period;
    所述通信接口具体用于在每个所述信号接收周期的所述第一接收时段接收所述互容信号，在每个所述信号接收周期的所述第二接收时段接收所述信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号。The communication interface is specifically configured to receive the mutual capacitance signal in the first receiving period of each signal receiving period, and receive the information input device in the second receiving period of each signal receiving period The second communication signal sent.
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的终端，其特征在于，所述通信接口还用于接收互容信号或者所述信息输入设备发送的第二通信信号时，停止发送所述第一通信信号。The terminal according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the communication interface is further configured to stop sending the first communication signal when receiving a mutual capacitance signal or a second communication signal sent by the information input device.
  35. 根据权利要求32～34任一项所述的终端，其特征在于，所述终端还包括处理器，所述通信接口用于发送所述第一通信信号前，所述处理器用于在检测到干扰信号时，根据所述干扰信号生成调频信息；根据所述调频信息调节预设频率，根据调频信息和同步信息生成第一通信信号。The terminal according to any one of claims 32 to 34, wherein the terminal further comprises a processor, and before the communication interface is configured to send the first communication signal, the processor is configured to detect interference When signal is generated, frequency modulation information is generated according to the interference signal; a preset frequency is adjusted according to the frequency modulation information, and a first communication signal is generated according to the frequency modulation information and synchronization information.
  36. 一种芯片，其特征在于，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现如权利要求12～15任一项所述方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip comprises a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run a computer program or instruction to implement any one of claims 12 to 15 The method described in the item.
PCT/CN2020/127229 2019-11-11 2020-11-06 Information input device, terminal and control method thereof, and chip WO2021093686A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911096623.2 2019-11-11
CN201911096623.2A CN111124158B (en) 2019-11-11 2019-11-11 Information input equipment, terminal, control method thereof and chip

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021093686A1 true WO2021093686A1 (en) 2021-05-20

Family

ID=70495534

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/127229 WO2021093686A1 (en) 2019-11-11 2020-11-06 Information input device, terminal and control method thereof, and chip

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111124158B (en)
WO (1) WO2021093686A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111124158B (en) * 2019-11-11 2022-11-18 华为技术有限公司 Information input equipment, terminal, control method thereof and chip
WO2021243573A1 (en) 2020-06-02 2021-12-09 深圳市汇顶科技股份有限公司 Synchronization method, wireless communication chip, touch-control chip and coding chip
TWI789799B (en) * 2020-06-30 2023-01-11 大陸商深圳市繪王動漫科技有限公司 Digital electromagnetic stylus, input system having the stylus, and method for controlling the system
CN114003137B (en) * 2020-07-27 2024-06-25 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for controlling information input equipment on terminal
CN112731834B (en) * 2020-12-22 2022-07-01 重庆德科电子仪表有限公司 System and method for low-power-consumption driving of indicator lamp of full-segment code instrument
CN112667126A (en) * 2021-01-22 2021-04-16 深圳市绘王动漫科技有限公司 Handwriting screen and method for adjusting closed screen menu thereof
CN112558796B (en) * 2021-02-19 2021-07-06 深圳市千分一智能技术有限公司 Electronic pen, control method and device thereof, and computer-readable storage medium
CN112558797B (en) * 2021-02-19 2021-07-06 深圳市千分一智能技术有限公司 Active pen, control method and device thereof, and computer-readable storage medium
CN113467285A (en) * 2021-05-17 2021-10-01 宁波乐歌海生智家科技有限公司 Low-power consumption control system, lifting system and lifting table
CN113835555A (en) * 2021-09-22 2021-12-24 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Touch screen adjusting method and device, storage medium and terminal
CN116736991B (en) * 2022-09-23 2024-05-14 荣耀终端有限公司 Control method of touch pen, touch pen and storage medium
CN116709477B (en) * 2022-11-22 2024-05-14 荣耀终端有限公司 Dormancy awakening method, electronic equipment, bluetooth peripheral and storage medium

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103620529A (en) * 2011-06-22 2014-03-05 苹果公司 Intelligent stylus
CN107145248A (en) * 2017-04-14 2017-09-08 广州华欣电子科技有限公司 A kind of felt pen, method of toch control and touch system
US20170364167A1 (en) * 2016-06-15 2017-12-21 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Autonomous haptic stylus
CN110377170A (en) * 2019-07-18 2019-10-25 汉王科技股份有限公司 A kind of touch-control handwriting pen and its control method
CN111124158A (en) * 2019-11-11 2020-05-08 华为技术有限公司 Information input equipment, terminal, control method thereof and chip

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2456647B (en) * 2008-01-28 2012-09-12 Cambridge Silicon Radio Ltd Power-savings receiver
CN102830790A (en) * 2012-08-03 2012-12-19 青岛海信信芯科技有限公司 Mobile electronic equipment and automatic sleeping method thereof
CN102866792B (en) * 2012-08-20 2016-06-01 深圳市汇顶科技股份有限公司 A kind of felt pen, touch controller, touch detecting system and method thereof
CN103294170A (en) * 2013-06-03 2013-09-11 天津至勤投资咨询有限公司 Method for managing power supply of input device
KR20160055837A (en) * 2013-09-12 2016-05-18 마이크로소프트 테크놀로지 라이센싱, 엘엘씨 Stylus synchronization with a digitizer system
CN105337744B (en) * 2015-11-20 2018-12-11 复旦大学 A kind of extremely low power dissipation two-stage wake-up receiver system of customized wake-up sequence
CN109683697A (en) * 2018-12-18 2019-04-26 深圳贝特莱电子科技股份有限公司 A kind of super low-power consumption system wake-up device and method

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103620529A (en) * 2011-06-22 2014-03-05 苹果公司 Intelligent stylus
US20170364167A1 (en) * 2016-06-15 2017-12-21 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Autonomous haptic stylus
CN107145248A (en) * 2017-04-14 2017-09-08 广州华欣电子科技有限公司 A kind of felt pen, method of toch control and touch system
CN110377170A (en) * 2019-07-18 2019-10-25 汉王科技股份有限公司 A kind of touch-control handwriting pen and its control method
CN111124158A (en) * 2019-11-11 2020-05-08 华为技术有限公司 Information input equipment, terminal, control method thereof and chip

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111124158A (en) 2020-05-08
CN111124158B (en) 2022-11-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021093686A1 (en) Information input device, terminal and control method thereof, and chip
US11868604B2 (en) Display processing method and apparatus
US9977529B2 (en) Method for switching digitizer mode
CN109683733A (en) Stylus, touch panel, display device and sensing method of touch control
US9696821B2 (en) Data input system, active stylus and method of controlling of active stylus
JP5555200B2 (en) Method for waking up an electronic device having a touch panel and electronic device
CN111108506A (en) Prompt message display method and electronic equipment
KR20140076261A (en) Terminal and method for providing user interface using pen
US10558840B2 (en) Fingerprint recognition method and electronic device
JP2019516141A (en) Truth handwriting touch pen and touch device
US11599208B2 (en) Touch sensitive processing apparatus and method and system for detecting electronic board eraser
WO2019019835A1 (en) Method and device for responding to blank screen gesture, and storage medium and mobile terminal
TWI510976B (en) Method of selecting touch input source and electronic device using the same
EP2703978B1 (en) Apparatus for measuring coordinates and control method thereof
KR20140134940A (en) Mobile terminal and method for controlling touch screen and system threefor
CN109844702A (en) The control method and input equipment of a kind of pair of electronic equipment
CN104079024A (en) Active type touch pen and charging method thereof
CN108664206A (en) Information processing method, device, storage medium and electronic equipment
KR20140137629A (en) Mobile terminal for detecting earphone connection and method therefor
WO2018166057A1 (en) Method and electronic device for outputting touch control signals
CN104850417A (en) Method for information processing and electronic equipment
TW201516847A (en) Method and device for identifying to perform operation
US20150370352A1 (en) Active stylus pen, data input system and control method of active stylus pen
CN106940608B (en) Display screen control method, display screen and electronic equipment
CN110673700B (en) First electronic equipment and information processing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20887608

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20887608

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1